RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED — Santa Monica City Council, June 9, 2026 (part 3 of 4)

4. Use evaporation retarder one or more times after the strikeoff when high temperatures, low humidity and wind will cause crusting and plastic cracking.

5. 3.03 CURING FORMED CONCRETE
a. Keep forms containing concrete in a wet condition until removed. Keep concrete continuously moist for not less than 7 days after placement Keep concrete moist with a fine fog water spray until protected by curing media.
b. During times of dry or excessive winds, high ambient temperature, low humidity, or other ambient conditions causing rapid drying, use specified evaporation retardant and finishing aid material according to the manufacturer’s instructions and cure concrete with a fine fog spray ofwater, or equal, applied both during and after finishing and continued until final curing operations are started. c. Use the water curing method, curing sheet material, or a clear liquid membrane-forming curing compound except as otherwise specified.
d. Do not use any type of finishing or curing materials or methods that interfere with the correct application or bonding ofsubsequent materials; verify exact requirements with all applicable trades. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-10

3.04 PATCHING FORMED CONCRETE
a. Remove fins, projections, and offsets. Cut out rock pockets, honeycomb, and all other defects to sound concrete, with edges of cuts straight and back-beveled. Dampen cut-outs and edges, and scrub with neat Portland cement slurry just before patching, or an apply approved epoxy concrete adhesive. b. Saturate form tie holes with water and fill voids and patches with flush smooth-finished mortar of same mix as concrete (less coarse aggregate), cure, and dry.

3.05 GROUTING AND DRYPACKING
a. Install as indicated or required. Where grouting and drypacking is part of the work of other sections, it shall conform to the following requirements, as applicable. b. Drypacking: Mix materials thoroughly with minimum amount of water. Install drypack by forcing and rodding to fill voids and provide complete bearing under plates. Finish exposed surfaces smooth and cure with damp burlap or liquid curing compound.
c. Non-Shrink Grouting:

1. Mixing: Mix the approved non-shrink, non-metallic grout material with sufficient water per manufacturer’s recommendations.

2. Application: Surfaces to receive the non-shrink grout shall be clean, and shall be moistened thoroughly immediately before placing the mortar. Before grouting, surfaces to be in contact shall be prepared per ACI 318-14 Section 26.4. All loose particles shall be removed and the surface flushed thoroughly with neat cement grout immediately before the grouting mortar is placed. Place fluid grout from one side only and puddle, chain, or pump for complete filling of voids; do not remove the dams or forms until grout attains initial set. Finish exposed surfaces smooth, and cure as recommended by grout manufacturer.

3.06 SITE CONCRETE WORK
a. Use bituminous type joint filler. Cure all concrete for at least 10 days with liquid curing compound or sheet material except as otherwise specified. Construct all site concrete of 2500 psi concrete minimum unless otherwise indicated or specified. Provide reinforcing bars or mesh only where indicated. Conform to requirements specified herein before for slab finishing and curing as applicable. b. Concrete Curbs: Provide 1/2” thick expansion joints at beginning and at end of curves, intersections, and 20-foot intervals between, set plumb, square, and to same profile as the curbs. Edge curb tops to 1/2” radius and vertical joints to 1/4” radius. Apply smooth finish followed by fine hair brush finish. c. Concrete Walks: Provide 1/2” expansion joints as specified for curbs and where walks abut rigid structures, aligned with joints in curbs where adjoining, and apply light broom finish perpendicular to traffic direction. Score walks as shown or directed.
d. Control Joints: Provide for concrete walks and exterior concrete pavement as indicated. Provide “Zip Strip” as distributed by S.C.A. Construction Supply, Santa Fe Springs, Calif., or equal. Install tops of the joints flush with the concrete surface and depth ofjoint a minimum of1/4 the thickness ofslab. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-11

3.07 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE WORK
a. Provide areaways, cast-in-place valve boxes, pits, splash blocks, bases, and other miscellaneous concrete as indicated and required to complete all Work. Conform to applicable requirements herein.

3.08 INSTALLATION OF WATERSTOPS
a. Heat fuse waterstop joints and connections in accordance with manufacturer's instructions including heating tools and devices. Run waterstops continuous in joints, following offsets and angles in joints until spliced to waterstops at inter section joints, completely scaling the structure. Align and center waterstops in joints unless otherwise indicated.
b. Tie flanges to reinforcing with 18 gage wire ties spaced at maximum 18" intervals. Test all waterstops, including splices, intersections, and welds, with approved holiday spark detector before concrete is placed.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Comply with pertinent provisions ofDivision 01, Section 01 4000, “Quality Requirements.” b. Level of Floors: Continuously monitor concrete placing to maintain level floor by use of an instrument level, transit, or laser.
c. Continuous Inspection: Construct structural concrete under continuous inspection of Inspector per 2017 Los Angeles County Building Code section 1705.3. Obtain inspection and approval of forms and reinforcing by LA County as required and by the Inspector before placing structural concrete. d. Testing/Evaluation ofConcrete Conform to ACI 318-14 Section 26.4. The Owner’s Testing Laboratory shall perform the tests indicated in the following paragraphs. Samples for testing shall be obtained in accordance with ASTM C172, and shall be taken from as close to point ofplacement as possible.

1. Compressive Strength Tests: Cast one set of four or more cylinders from each days placing and each 150 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, or not less than once for each 2,000 square feet of surface area for slabs and walls, of each strength of structural concrete. Date cylinders, assign record number, and tag showing the location from which sample was taken. Also record slump test result of sample. Do not make more than two series of tests from any one location or batch of concrete. Additional samples for seven day compressive strength tests shall be taken for each class ofconcrete at the beginning ofthe concrete work or whenever the mix or aggregate is changed.

2. Test Cylinders: Samples will be made in accordance with ASTM C172-04. Cast cylinders according to ASTM C31; 24 hours later, store cylinders under moist curing conditions at about 70 F. Test according to ASTM C39 at 7 and 28 day ages. Two test cylinders shall be tested at 28 days to establish concrete strength f’c as per ACI 318 Section 26.4. The remaining cylinders shall be kept in reserve in case tests are unsatisfactory.

3. Control Test Cylinders: Cast, as a minimum, a set of two or more cylinders for each day's placing of concrete for slabs supported on shoring. Place test cylinders on slabs represented by cylinders and cure the same as slabs. Test cylinders to determine proper times for removal of shores and reshoring. A strength test shall be the average of the compressive strengths of 2 cylinders made from the same sample ofconcrete and tested at 28 days.
e. Core Tests: If cylinder tests per ACI 318-14 Section 26.4 show that compressive strength of any concrete falls below the required minimum at 8 day age, additional curing and testing of concrete which unsatisfactory test reports represent may be required per ACI 318-14 Section 26.4 at the discretion of the 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-12
SEOR. Testing Laboratory shall take and test drilled cores as directed in accordance with ASTM C42.

Contractor shall refill core holes with drypack concrete of the same compressive strength required for cored concrete. If core tests results are unsatisfactory, Contractor shall furnish required labor, equipment, and weights, and the Testing Laboratory shall conduct load testing on involved parts of building or structure as directed. Contractor shall bear additional curing and test costs, including Testing Laboratory costs, for concrete not meeting required compressive strength at 28 day age even if testing demonstrates that concrete has eventually attained required minimum compressive strength, and all costs for required corrections or removals and replacements as directed and required for approved construction.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 042200-1
SECTION 04 22 00 - CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Concrete masonry units.

2. Reinforcing steel.

3. Mortar, grout, and grouting.

4. Bolts, anchors, hardware, metal frames, and other insert items.

5. Miscellaneous masonry accessories.
b. Related Sections:

1. Division 03 Section “Concrete Forms and Accessories”.

2. Division 03 Section “Concrete Reinforcement”.

3. Division 03 Section “Cast-In-Place Concrete”.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
a. Mix Design: Submit grouting mix design.
b. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's Product Data for assembly components, materials, and accessories. c. Samples: Submit Samples for each type of required masonry unit, including reinforcement and accessories.

1. Exposed CMUs.

2. Pigmented and colored-aggregate mortar. Make Samples using same sand and mortar ingredients to be used on Project.

3. Accessories embedded in masonry.
d. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating wall configuration, thickness, design compressive strength, reinforcement, and conduit/pipe embedded in masonry (see Section 042200.1.3.M).

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Perform the Work in accordance with CBC, Chapter 2105, 1705.4, and 1910.1. b. Comply with requirements ofACI 530 and 530.1.
c. Concrete Masonry Units: Sample and test in accordance with ASTM C 140.

1. Notify the material testing laboratory a minimum of45 days in advance of installing concrete unit masonry, to allow for testing of the units for compression, shrinkage, and absorption. Absorption test requires 40 days. It is acceptable to provide results from previous material testing to demonstrate material properties satisfy the specifications. Test shall be from masonry made from the same materials, concrete mix design and curing method.

2. The material testing laboratory shall receive five concrete masonry units per test from masonry unit manufacturer, as designed or specified by the Architect, and shall perform and send required test results to the Architect.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 042200-2
d. Portland Cement: Obtain sample and test in accordance with ASTM C 150. e. Mortar: Obtain sample and test in accordance with CBC 2016 Section 2105.3 and ASTM C 1586. f. Grout: Obtain sample and test in accordance with CBC 2016 Section 2105.3 and C 1019. g. Inspection During Installation: A special inspector will continuously observe the installation of reinforced masonry.
h. The Owner will be responsible for the costs oforiginal tests and inspection. i. Core Testing: Comply with CBC 2016 Section 2105.4. Masonry removed by coring operations shall be replaced to match adjoining work.
j. Compressive Strength:

1. Unit Strength Method: To be used for f’m = 2,000psi masonry only. Test as per CBC 2016 Section 2105A.2.

2. Prism Tests: Provide as per CBC 2105A.2 for f’m greater than 1,500 psi. Prior to the start of construction, a prism test shall consist of five prisms constructed and tested in accordance with ASTM C 1314. A set of three masonry prisms shall be built during construction in accordance with ASTM C 1314 for each 5,000 square feet (465 m2) ofwall area, for each f’m specified in the project.
i. Submit masonry prism records, based on the observation of a special masonry inspector, with prisms for/of the corresponding construction ofthis project, by the sub-contractor erecting the masonry.
k. Tolerances: Comply with the requirements ofACI 530.1, Article 3.5.G. l. Conduit/Pipe Embedded in Masonry: Comply with the general guidelines indicated on the General Notes.

Coordinate with sub-contractors to ensure these requirements are met prior to submission of the shop drawings.
m. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single manufacturer for each product required.
n. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate.
o. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site priorto commencing work.

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
a. Store units above grade on level platforms to allow air circulation under stacked units. b. Cover and protect against wetting before installation. c. Handle units on pallets or flat bed barrows. Free discharge from conveyor units or transportation in mortar trays is not permitted.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 042200-3

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
a. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress.

1. Extend cover a minimum of24 inches down both sides ofwalls and hold cover securely in place. b. Do not apply soil, floor or roof loads on structure until reinforced concrete masonry has reached design strength after building masonry walls or columns.
c. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry.

1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface.

2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.

3. Protect surfaces ofwindow and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings.

4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry.
d. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.

Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning.
e. E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
a. Concrete Unit Masonry: Modular medium weight conforming to ASTM C 90, Type 1 Moisture Controlled, hollow load-bearing concrete unit masonry.

1. Provide open-end units at walls to be grouted.

2. Provide closed-end units at walls and at openings where ends will be exposed in finish Work; provide horizontal reinforcement in bond beam blocks with 1” minimum grout cover for each grout pour.

3. Provide special shapes and accessory units at locations indicated on Drawings.

4. Provide units ofcolor and texture as indicated on Drawings.

5. Masonry unit shall have been cured for a minimum of28 days.

6. Masonry unit shall have a maximum liner shrinkage or 0.065 percent from saturated to oven dry.

7. Comply with the Quality Control Standards ofthe Concrete Masonry Association.

8. Exposed Faces: Provide color and texture matching the range represented by the County Representative’s sample; Astra-Glaze-SW+ units by Trenwyth manufacturing facilities. i. Manufacturers
1) Orco Block and Hardscape, Stanton, CA (714) 527-2239 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 042200-4
2) Angelus Block Co., Inc. Sun Valley, CA (818) 767-8576 3) Desert Block Co. Inc. Bakersfield, CA (661) 858-2848 4) Or equal

9. Below grade blocks: Non-glazed grey or manufacturer standard precision block b. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, from one source. Neither masonry cement nor plastic cement is permitted.
c. Mortar: Orco blended products or EZ-Mix preblended masonry mortar, type S, conforming to ASTM C 270. Provide mortar in the following color(s): Brown.
d. Grout: ASTM C 476.
e. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
f. Admixture for Grout: Grout Aid Type 2, complying with building code requirements; as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corp. or Premix GroutAid
g. Water: Potable and fresh.
h. Cleaning Materials: Shure Klean No. 600 detergent by ProSoCo. i. Miscellaneous Materials: As required to complete the Work. j. Grout Aggregates: ASTM C404. Size No. 1 or No. 2 for fine aggregate, Size No. 8 for coarse aggregate. k. Sampling and Testing ofMortar: Refer to Section 01405: Testing and Inspection.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
a. Discard units with cracked faces, chipped surfaces, or other defects not complying with requirements of ASTM C 216.

3.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXING
a. Mortar: Type S conforming to ASTM C 270. Dry, loose volumes. Mix proportions shall be verified by material testing laboratory.
b. Grout: Provide grout conforming to ASTM C476, as required for the respective f’m values noted on the Drawings. Slump shall be between 8” - 11”.
c. Measurements: Proportion by accurate volume measurements. Measure in calibrated devices that can be verified at any time.

1. Add water for workable consistency.

2. Shovel measurements are not permitted.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 042200-5
d. Mixing: Place sand, cement, and water in mixer in that order, while mixer is running; mix mortar for 3 minutes, add lime, and admixture (for grout), and continue mixing until a uniform mass is provided, but in no case less than 5 minutes per ASTM C270 and C476, respectively.

1. Equipment for mixing and handling mortar and grout shall be acceptable to The City.

2. Batches ofless than one sack ofcement, and fractional sack batches are not permitted. e. Re-tempering Time Limit: Re-temper on mortar boards, for at least 3 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes when required, by adding water into a basin formed by mortar, and installing mortar into it.

Dashing, or pouring ofwater over mortar is not permitted.

1. Do not re-temper mortar which has become hard or non-plastic.

2. Discard mortar, which has not been installed within 2 ½ hours after original mixing. f. Ready-Mix Grout: Grout batched off the Project site and delivered by mixer truck shall be subject to same procedures and controls as prescribed by building code requirements. Refer to Section 01405:

Testing and Inspection.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY UNITS
a. Workmanship: Install masonry plumb and true to line with straight level joints of uniform thickness.

Masonry shall be clean during and afterinstallation.

1. Lay-out and incorporate embedded hardware items.

2. Assist other trades with built-in items, which require cutting and fitting ofmasonry.

3. Cut block units with a diamond saw or carborundum wheel. Trowel or chisel cutting is not permitted.

4. Keep cavities clear ofdroppings and debris greater than ¼”. Remove promptly.

5. Install only clean, uncracked units.

6. Conform to CBC 2016, Section 2104A
b. Reinforcing Steel: Install as indicated on Drawings. Except as otherwise indicated, install reinforcement in accordance with standards of Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute and to requirements specified in Section 032000: Concrete Reinforcement. Do not splice vertical reinforcement except where indicated on the Drawings.
c. Shoring: Provide temporary shoring for lintels with sufficient strength to carry load without deflecting.

Remove temporary shoring 28 days after masonry has been installed. d. Block Installation: Clean dirt and dust from surfaces before installation. Do not wet masonry units except in very dry weather.

1. Foundation preparation: Ensure tops of concrete starting surfaces are clean and prepared to receive CMU block. Provide roughened surface and wash-offby high pressure water jet.

2. Install masonry with mortar to required joint thickness. Install blocks with 3/8 inch mortar bed on entire horizontal surface. Fill head joints solid, install tightly to adjoining units. Provide 3/8 inch joint thickness.
i. Hold racking to a minimum.
ii. No toothing is permitted.
iii. If it becomes necessary to move a unit after it has been installed, remove the unit, discard the mortar, and install the unit in fresh mortar.

3. Anchor Bolts: Provide one inch minimum grout space around protruding bolts.

4. Bond: Unless otherwise indicated, install units in common running bond.

5. Finish Joint Treatment: Unless otherwise indicated, cut both interior and exterior joints flush, and tool slightly concave to a dense, uniform surface.

6. Grouting: Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, completely fill cells with grout. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 042200-6
e. Weather conditions:

1. If ambient temperatures exceed 90o F during the course of construction, implement and comply with the requirements of 2104A.4.2 and 2104.4.3 as it applies. Plans shall be in place and coordinated with the Inspector of Record, to implement the procedures outlined if/when such weather conditions are anticipated to occur.
f. Cleanouts

1. Provide bond beam units, inverted for start course, and omit alternate blocks or cut openings in alternate face shell on bottom course for cleanouts. Use of open-end concrete masonry units is preferred wherever possible and is required at stacked bond conditions.

3.04 LOW-LIFT GROUTING FOR HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS
a. After mortar joints have set, cores are cleaned of mortar and debris, and reinforcement is installed and inspected, grout cells in 4 feet maximum lifts, providing specified grout mix. Refer to Section 014000 b. Grouted walls shall be solid and without voids.
c. Grout may be installed by pump, tremie or bucket, using hoppers to avoid spilling on exposed surfaces. d. Place an initial 2 feet high lift around, thoroughly compact, then place balance of each lift, compacting again through total lift, with hardwood spading sticks or pencil vibrators. e. Stop grout pours 1-1/2 inches below the mortar joints, except at the top of wall where the grout shall be stopped a minimum of¾” below the top.
f. Remove and discard spilled grout from upper units before grout can harden. g. Bracing: Adequately brace walls against wind and other forces during and after construction. h. Re-puddle top ofgrout after initial set.
i. Grouting shall be in accordance with CBC 2016 Section 2104A.6.1.1.2 or 2104A.1.2.2. j. Grouting of any section of wall shall be completed in the same day with no interruptions greater than 1 hour.

3.05 HIGH-LIFT GROUTIN OPTION FOR HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS NOT PERMITTED

3.06 CURING
a. Remove efflorescence, stains, debris, excess grout, and foreign matter. b. During curing, or for any other purpose, do not saturate masonry with water. c. For low-humidity conditions, dampen the wall surface with a very light fog spray continuously for 3 days to cure mortar in joints.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 042200-7

3.07 CLEANING
a. At completion of masonry Work, remove misplaced mortar, grout or other foreign substances, and clean surfaces which will be exposed in finish Work with specified cleaner, or with clean water and stiff fiber brushes.
b. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose ofoffthe Project site.

3.08 PROTECTION
a. Protect the Work ofthis section until Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220000-1
SECTION 22 00 00 - GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SCOPE
a. Basic plumbing requirements specifically applicable to Division 22 Sections. b. Work includes but is not necessarily limited to the following:

1. Labor, materials, services, equipment, and appliances required for completion oftasks as indicated on drawing or in specification or as inherently necessary to prepare spaces and systems for new installations as follows:
c. Plumbing systems and equipment

1.04 UTILITIES
a. Location and sizes of electrical, mechanical and plumbing service facilities are shown in accordance with data secured from existing record drawings and site observations. Data shown are offered as an estimating guide without guarantee ofaccuracy. Check and verify all data given, and verify exact location ofall utility services pertaining to Work prior to excavation or performing Work. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220000-2

1.05 APPLICABLE REFERENCE STANDARDS, CODES AND REGULATIONS:
a. Meet requirements ofall state codes having jurisdiction. b. State ofCalifornia Code ofRegulations:

1. Title 8, Industrial Relations

2. Title 19, State Fire Marshal Regulations

3. Current California Building Code (CBC), Title 24, Part 2

4. Current California Electrical Code, Title 24, Part 3

5. Current California Mechanical Code, Title 24, Part 4

6. Current California Plumbing Code, Title 24, Part 5

7. Current California Fire Code, Title 24, Part 9

8. Current California Standards Code, Title 24, Part 12

9. Title 24, Energy Conservation Standards

10. California Green Building Standard Code, Title 24, Part 11 c. Additional Referenced Standards:

1. ASME American Society ofMechanical Engineers

2. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

3. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association

4. NFPA National Fire Protection Association Standards

5. PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute

6. UL Underwriters Laboratories
d. Codes and ordinances having jurisdiction over Work are minimum requirements; but, if Contract Documents indicate requirements, which are in excess ofthose minimum requirements, then requirements ofthe Contract Documents shall be followed. Should there be any conflicts between Contract Documents or codes or any ordinances having jurisdiction, report these to the Owner’s Representative. e. Obtain permits, and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction.

1.06 PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS
a. The arrangement of and connection to equipment shown on the drawings is based upon information available and is not intended to show exact dimensions peculiarto a specific manufacturer. The Drawings are, in part, diagrammatic and some features ofthe illustrated equipment installations may require revision to meet actual equipment installation requirements. Structural supports, housekeeping pads, piping connections and adjacent equipment may have to be altered to accommodate the equipment provided. No additional payment will be made for such revisions or alterations. b. Examine all Drawings and Specifications to be fully cognizant ofall work required underthis Division. c. Examine site related work and surfaces before starting work ofany Section. d. Install Work in locations shown on approved Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. e. Prepare shop drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions, including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission from the Owner’s Representative before proceeding.
f. Plumbing Contractor shall be fully responsible to survey all underground utilities prior to installation of any utilities.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220000-3
g. Beginning work ofany Section constitutes acceptance ofconditions. h. All connections to site piping shall be done by the plumbing contractor. i. All work shall be performed in a clean and workmanlike manner. Care shall be exercised to minimize any inconvenience or disturbance to other areas ofthe building which are to remain in operation. Isolate work areas by means to keep dust and dirt within the construction area. j. All piping into stem walls and footings shall be double half lap wrapped with 1/8” thick “Armaflex” insulation. The contractor shall also provide blocked out areas in stem wall and footing. All piping shall avoid the lower 8” ofthe footing.
k. All existing piping damaged during construction shall be repaired with materials to match existing by the contractor.

1.07 COOPERATION WITH WORK UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS
a. Cooperate with othertrades to facilitate general progress ofWork. Allow all othertrades every reasonable opportunity for installation oftheir work.
b. Work under this Division shall follow general building construction closely. Set pipe sleeves and inserts and verify that openings for chases and pipes are provided. c. Work with other trades in determining exact location of outlets, pipes, and pieces of equipment to avoid interference with lines required to maintain proper installation ofWork. d. Make such progress in the Work to not delay work ofother trades. e. Coordinate with electrical contractor prior to ordering equipment for available voltages at all equipment locations.
f. Mechanical Work shall have precedence over the other in the following sequence:

1. Soil and waste piping

2. Hydronic piping

3. Ductwork

4. Fire sprinkler piping

5. Domestic water piping

1.08 DISCREPANCIES
a. The Contractor shall check all Drawings furnished him immediately upon theirreceipt and shall promptly notify the Owner’s Representative of any discrepancies. Figures marked on Drawings shall in general be followed in preference to scale measurements. Piping and instrumentation diagrams shall in general govern floor plans and sections. Large-scale drawings shall in general govern small-scale drawings. b. Where requirements between Drawings and Specifications conflict, the more restrictive provisions shall apply.
c. If any part of the Specifications or Drawings appears unclear or contradictory, apply to Owner’s Representative forinterpretation and decision as early as possible, including during bidding period. Do not proceed with such work without Owner Representatives decision. Beginning work of any Section constitutes acceptance ofconditions.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220000-4

1.09 CHANGES
a. The Contractor shall be responsible to make and obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative for all necessary adjustments in piping and equipment layouts as required to accommodate the relocations of equipment and/or devices, which are affected by any approved authorized changes or Product substitutions.

All changes shall be clearly indicated on the "Record" drawings.

1.10 SUBMITTALS
a. Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.
b. The manufacturer, contractor or supplier shall include a written statement that the submitted equipment, hardware or accessory complies with the requirement ofthat particular specification section. c. The manufacturer shall resubmit the specification section showing compliance with each respective paragraphs and specified items and features in that particular specification section. d. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and otherrequirements along with proposed alternative.
e. Note that prior to acceptance of submittals for review, a submittal schedule shall be submitted to the owner’s representative.
f. Submit all division 22 shop drawings and product data grouped and referenced by the specification technical section numbers in one complete submittal package. Individual or partial submittals are not acceptable and will be returned without review.
g. Shop Drawings:

1. Provide all shop drawings in latest version ofRevit/AutoCAD format and PDF format.

2. Drawings shall be a 30 inches by 42 inches in size with a minimum scale of1/4-inch per foot, except as specified otherwise.

3. Include installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and arrangement, accessories, piping, and otheritems that must be shown to assure a coordinated installation.

4. Indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices.

5. Ifequipment is disapproved, revise drawings to show acceptable equipment and resubmit.

6. The Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment ordered and/or installed prior to receipt of shop drawings returned from the Owner’s Representative bearing the Owner's Representative stamp of "Reviewed". All corrections or modifications to the equipment as noted on the shop drawings shall be performed and equipment removed from the job site at the request of the Owner’s Representative without additional compensation.
h. Whenever more than one manufacturer’s product is specified, the first named product is the basis ofdesign used in the Work and the use of alternate-named manufacturer’s products or substitutes may require modifications in that design.
i. Proposed Products List: Include Products as required by the individual section in this Division. j. The Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment ordered and/or installed prior to receipt of shop drawings returned from the Owner’s Representative bearing the Owner's Representative stamp of "Reviewed". All corrections or modifications to the equipment as noted on the shop drawings shall be performed and equipment removed from the job site at the request ofthe Owner’s Representative without additional compensation.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220000-5
k. Manufacturer's Data: For each manufactured item, provide current manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, certified equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves if applicable, and catalog cuts.
l. Standard Compliance: When materials or equipment provided by the Contractor must conform to the standards of organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI) or American Water Works Association (AWWA), submit proofofsuch conformance to the OwnerRepresentative for approval.

Ifan organization uses a label orlisting to indicate compliance with a particular standard, the label orlisting will be acceptable evidence, unless otherwise specified. In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independenttesting organization, which is competentto perform acceptance testing and is approved by the Owner Representative. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item conforms to the specified organization's standard. m. Certified Test Reports: Before delivery of materials and equipment, certified copies of all test reports specified in individual sections shall be submitted for approval. n. Certificates ofCompliance or Conformance: Submit manufacturer's certifications as required on products, materials, finish, and equipment indicated in the technical sections. Certifications shall be documents prepared specifically for this Contract. Pre-printed certifications and copies of previously submitted documents will not be acceptable. The manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate products, equipment, or materials and the publication specified as controlling the quality of that item. Certification shall not contain statements to imply that the item does not meet requirements specified, such as "as good as"; or "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications"; or "equal or exceed the service and performance of the specified material." Certifications shall simply state that the item conforms to the requirements specified. Certificates shall be printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and shall be signed by the manufacturer's official authorized to sign certificates ofcompliance or conformance.

1.11 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
a. Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.

1. All changes, deviations and information recorded on the “Project Record Drawings” set during Construction shall be redrafted onto the latest version ofAutoCAD or Revit, where applicable.

2. Submit completed shop drawings to the Owner priorto completion in AutoCAD format. Contractor hand marked or drafted redlined “Project Record Drawings” will not be accepted.

1.12 PRODUCT ALTERNATIVES OR SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Refer to General Conditions and Division 01 for additional requirements.

1.13 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
a. Furnish approved operating instructions for systems and equipment indicated in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel.

1.14 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS
a. Where installation procedures or any part thereof are required to be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, furnish printed copies of the recommendations prior to installation. Installation of the item shall not proceed until recommendations are received. Failure to furnish recommendations shall be 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220000-6
cause for rejection ofthe equipment or material.

1.15 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
a. Referto Division 01 for additional requirements.
b. Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the requirements ofNFPA 70B P, Appendix I, titled "Equipment Storage and Maintenance During Construction." Replace damaged or defective items with new items.

1.16 GUARANTEE
a. Except as may be specified under other sections in the Specifications, guarantee all equipment furnished under the Specifications for a period of one year from date of project acceptance against defective workmanship and material and improper installation. Upon notification of failure, correct deficiency immediately and without cost to the Owner.
b. Standard warranty ofmanufacturer shall apply forreplacement ofparts after expiration ofthe above period.

Manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts to the Owner fortheir service agency as directed.

Part 2. PRODUCTS
Not Applicable.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
a. Obtain and pay for all permits and inspections, including any independenttesting required to verify standard compliance, and deliver certificates for same to the Owner’s Representative.

3.02 WORK RESPONSIBILITIES
a. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangement of piping, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Properjudgment must be exercised in executing the work to secure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations orinterference with structural conditions.
b. The Contractor is responsible for the correct placing of Work and the proper location and connection of Work in relation to the work ofother trades. Advise appropriate trade as to locations ofaccess panels. c. In the event changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are necessary, due to developed conditions in the building construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, such changes shall be made without extra cost, providing the change is ordered before the ductwork, piping, etc. and work directly connected to same is installed and no extra materials are required. d. Where equipment is furnished by others, verify dimensions and the correct locations of this equipment before proceeding with the roughing-in ofconnections.
e. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate of typical equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc. with the drawings to see 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220000-7
that the equipment will fit into the spaces provided without violation ofapplicable codes. f. Should any changes to the Work indicated on the Drawings or described in the Specifications be necessary in orderto comply with the above requirements, notify the Ownerimmediately and cease work on all parts of the contract, which are affected until approval for any required modifications to the construction has been obtained from the Owner.
g. Be responsible for any cooperative work, which must be altered due to lack ofproper supervision or failure to make proper provisions in time. Such changes shall be under direction ofthe Owner and shall be made to his satisfaction. Perform all Work with competent and skilled personnel. h. All work, including aesthetic as well as mechanical aspects of the Work, shall be of the highest quality consistent with the best practices ofthe trade.
i. Replace or repair, without additional compensation, any work, which, in the opinion of the Owner, does not comply with these requirements.

3.03 PAINTING
a. Referto Division 09 Painting for additional requirements. b. Factory Applied:

1. Plumbing equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems which shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA ICS 6 corrosion-resistance test, except equipment specified to meet requirements ofANSI C37.20 shall have a finish as specified in ANSI C37.20.

2. Referto individual sections ofthis Division for more stringent requirements. c. Field Applied:

1. Paint all plumbing equipment as required to touch up, to match finish on other equipment in adjacent spaces or to meet safety criteria.

2. Paint all exposed plumbing piping, valves, supports, hangers and appurtenances. Provide minimum 5 mils dry film thickness.

3. Paint shall be a high performance polyurethane enamel coating system.

4. Acceptable primer manufacturers include:
a. Ameron Amershield VOC, Tnemec's Series 1075 (1074) Endura-Shield, semi-gloss (gloss) sheen or equal.

5. Acceptable paint manufacturers include:
a. Ameron, Tnemec or engineer approved equal.
b.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-1
SECTION 22 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes the following:

1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.

2. Dielectric fittings.

3. Transition fittings.

4. Mechanical sleeve seals.

5. Sleeves.

6. Escutcheons.

7. Grout.

8. Plumbing demolition.

9. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.

10. Concrete bases.

11. Supports and anchorages.

1.02 DEFINITIONS
a. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than plumbing and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
b. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and plumbing equipment rooms.
c. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. d. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases. e. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
f. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:

1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.

2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.

3. PE: Polyethylene plastic.

4. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
a. Submittals shall be formatted per Section 220000 “General Plumbing Requirements”. The manufacturer shall resubmit the specification section showing compliance with each respective paragraphs and specified items and features in that particular specification section. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-2
referencing respective paragraph and other requirements. Next to each specification item, indicate the following:

1. “No Exception Taken”.

2. “Exception”. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and other requirements along with proposed alternative.
b. Product Data: For the following:

1. Transition fittings.

2. Dielectric fittings.

3. Mechanical sleeve seals.

4. Escutcheons.
c. Welding certificates.

1. Welding certificates.

2. Product Information for approval before purchase

3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."
b. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:

Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."

2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current.
c. Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance ofdirt, debris, and moisture. b. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending.

1.06 COORDINATION
a. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for plumbing installations.
b. Coordinate installation ofrequired supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
c. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for plumbing items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames."
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-3
Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
a. Referto individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. b. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. c. All plumbing pipe, tube and fittings shall be manufactured exclusively in the United States.

2.02 JOINING MATERIALS
a. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. b. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. c. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
d. SolderFillerMetals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. e. Brazing Filler Metals:

1. Conform to AWS A5.8.

2. Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter "Pipe and Tube."

3. Use 15% silver brazing filler metal without flux.
f. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12. for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis ofsteel pipe being welded.
g. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:

1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235.

2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.

3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.

4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138.

2.03 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
a. Description: Combination fitting ofcopper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. b. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. c. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F.
d. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
e. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-4
f. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F.

2.04 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
a. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve.

1. Manufacturers:
i. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
ii. Calpico, Inc.
iii. Metraflex Co.

2. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface ofpipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size ofpipe.

3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element.

4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element.

2.05 SLEEVES
a. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. b. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. c. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
d. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.

1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.
e. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. f. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
g. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.

2.06 ESCUTCHEONS
a. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation ofinsulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. b. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-plated finish. c. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.

1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
d. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw.

1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-5

2.07 GROUT
a. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout.

1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.

2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PLUMBING DEMOLITION
a. Refer to Division 01 Section “Cutting and Patching” and Division 02 Section “Selective Structure Demolition” for general demolition requirements and procedures. b. Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed.

1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.

2. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.

3. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational.

4. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
c. Ifpipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance oris unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products ofequal capacity and quality.

3.02 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
a. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. b. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems.

Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
c. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and exceptin equipmentrooms and service areas.
d. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. e. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. f. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
g. Install piping at indicated slopes.
h. Install piping free ofsags and bends.
i. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-6
j. Install piping to allow application ofinsulation.
k. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greaterthan system operating pressure. l. Install escutcheons for penetrations ofwalls, ceilings, and floors. m. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roofslabs.
n. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smallerthan 6 inches in diameter.

2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and largerin diameter.

3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center ofsleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
o. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center ofsleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
p. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials.
q. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
r. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections ofthese Specifications for roughing-in requirements.

3.03 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
a. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems.
b. Ream ends ofpipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends ofsteel pipe. c. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside ofpipe and fittings before assembly. d. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end.

Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
e. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-7
f. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified.

2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
g. Welded Joints: Constructjoints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
h. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. i. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:

1. Comply with ASTM F 402, for safe-handling practice ofcleaners, primers, and solvent cements.

2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes.

3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.

4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855.

5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.

6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix. j. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. k. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. l. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels.

Join according to ASTM D 2657.

1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.

2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. m. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions.

3.04 PIPING CONNECTIONS
a. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece ofequipment.

2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece ofequipment.

3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

3.05 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
a. Install equipmentto allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-8
b. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicularto other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
c. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components.

Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.
d. Install equipment to allow right ofway for piping installed at required slope.

3.06 CONCRETE BASES
a. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project.

1. Construct concrete bases ofdimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches largerin both directions than supported unit.

2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter ofthe base.

3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.

4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.

7. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

3.07 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES.
a. Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. b. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor plumbing materials and equipment.
c. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.

3.08 GROUTING
a. Mix and install grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors.
b. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. c. Provide forms as required for placement ofgrout.
d. Avoid air entrapment during placement ofgrout.
e. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.
f. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. g. Place grout around anchors.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220500-9
h. Cure placed grout.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220517-1
SECTION 22 05 17 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Sleeves.

2. Stack-sleeve fittings.

3. Sleeve-seal systems.

4. Sleeve-seal fittings.

5. Grout.

6. Silicone sealants.

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Submittals shall be formatted per Section 220000 “General Plumbing Requirements”. The manufacturer shall resubmit the specification section showing compliance with each respective paragraphs and specified items and features in that particular specification section. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and other requirements. Next to each specification item, indicate the following:

1. “No Exception Taken”.

2. “Exception”. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and other requirements along with proposed alternative.
b. Product Data: For each type ofproduct.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 SLEEVES
a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, with plain ends and integral welded water stop collar.
b. Galvanized-Steel Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint.

2.02 STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS
a. Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange for use in waterprooffloors and roofs. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing.

1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220517-2

2.03 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:

1. Thunderline Modular Seals; Link-Seal

2. Metraflex Co.

3. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Description:

1. Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve.

2. Designed to form a hydrostatic seal of20 psig minimum.

3. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and numberrequired for pipe material and size ofpipe.

4. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel.

5. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.

6. Link-Seal shall be the basis ofdesign.

2.04 GROUT
a. Description: Non-shrink, for interior and exterior sealing openings in non-fire-rated walls or floors. b. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout.
c. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
d. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

2.05 SILICONE SEALANTS
a. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, non-sag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant, ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
b. Silicone, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single-component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. Grade P Pourable (self-leveling) formulation is for opening in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated.
c. Silicone Foam: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, non-shrinking foam.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 SLEEVE INSTALLATION
a. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes, except where spill control is required b. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220517-3
c. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves ofsize large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls.

1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes
d. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed.

1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -PP sleeves.

2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. i. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level.

3. Using grout, seal the space outside ofsleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. e. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions.

1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation.

3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location ofjoint.
f. Fire-Resistance-Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations:

Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating ofwalls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke-stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping and fill materials specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."

3.02 STACK-SLEEVE-FITTING INSTALLATION
a. Install stack-sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed.

1. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation.

2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

3. Install section ofcast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level.

4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified.

5. Use silicone sealant to seal the space around outside ofstack-sleeve fittings. b. Fire-Resistance-Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations:

Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating offloors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke-stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."

3.03 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION
a. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building.
b. Select type, size, and number ofsealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220517-4

3.04 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION
a. Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. b. Assemble fitting components oflength to be flush with both surfaces ofconcrete slabs and walls. Position water stop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. c. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms.
d. Use grout to seal the space around outside ofsleeve-seal fittings.

3.05 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE
a. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications:

1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade:
i. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized Steel pipe sleeves. ii. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized Steel pipe sleeves .

2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade:
i. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized Steel pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system.
ii. Piping NPS 6and Larger: Galvanized Steel pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system.
iii. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade:
iv. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized steel pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system.
v. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized steel pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system.

3. Concrete Slabs above Grade:
i. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Steel pipe sleeves.
ii. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Steel pipe sleeves.

4. Interior Partitions:
i. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Steel pipe sleeves.
ii. Piping NPS 6and Larger: Galvanized-steel sheet sleeves.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-1
SECTION 22 05 23 – GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Brass ball valves.

2. Bronze ball valves.

3. Bronze lift check valves.

4. Bronze swing check valves.

5. Bronze gate valves.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. CWP: Cold working pressure.

B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.

C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber.

D. NRS: Nonrising stem.

E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke.

F. RS: Rising stem.

G. SWP: Steam working pressure.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be formatted per Section 220000 “General Plumbing Requirements”. The manufacturer shall resubmit the specification section showing compliance with each respective paragraphs and specified items and features in that particular specification section. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and other requirements. Next to each specification item, indicate the following:

1. “No Exception Taken”.

2. “Exception”. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and otherrequirements along with proposed alternative.

B. Product Data: For each type ofvalve.

1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61and NSF 372. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-2
C. The Manufacturer, Contractor or Supplier Shall Include A Written Statement That The Submitted Equipment, Hardware Or Accessory Complies With The Requirement Of This Particular Specification Section.

1. The Manufacturer Shall Resubmit This Specification Section Showing Compliance with Each Respective Paragraphs and Specified Items And Features.

2. All Exceptions Shall Be Clearly Identified by Referencing Respective Paragraph And Other Requirements Along With Proposed Alternative.

3. Individual or Partial Submittals Are Not Acceptable and Will Be Returned Without Review.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type ofvalve from single source from single manufacturer.

B. ASME Compliance:

1. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.

2. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves.

3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves
C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.

2. Protect threads, flange faces, and soldered ends.

3. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.

4. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure offunctional surfaces.

5. Set check valves in either closed or open position.

6. Set gate valves closed to prevent rattling.

7. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open.

B. Use the following precautions during storage:

1. Maintain valve end protection.

2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher-than-ambient-dew-point temperature. Ifoutdoor storage is necessary, store valves offthe ground in watertight enclosures.

C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use operating handles or stems as lifting or rigging points.

PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES
A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type ofvalve from single source from single manufacturer.

B. ASME Compliance:

1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads forthreaded end valves.

2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves.

3. ASME B16.5 for flanges on steel valves.

4. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.

5. ASME B16.18 for solder-joint connections.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-3

6. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.

C. AWWA Compliance: Comply with AWWA C606 for grooved-end connections.

D. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 and NSF 372 for valve materials for potable-water service.

E. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted.

F. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures.

G. RS Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions.

H. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.

I. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.

J. Valve Actuator Types:

1. Gear Actuator: For quarter-turn valves NPS 8 and larger.

2. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves smaller than NPS 6.

K. Valves in Insulated Piping:

1. Include 2-inch stem extensions.

2. Extended operating handles of nonthermal-conductive material and protective sleeves that allow operation ofvalves without breaking vapor seals or disturbing insulation.

3. Memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied.

2.02 BRASS BALL VALVES
A. Brass Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port and Brass Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS SP-145.
ii. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
iii. Body Design: Two piece.
iv. Body Material: Forged brass.
v. Ends: Threaded and soldered.
vi. Seats: PTFE.
vii. Stem: Brass.
viii. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
ix. Port: Full.

B. Brass Ball Valves, Three-Piece with Full Port and Brass Trim:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
i. Jomar Valve.
ii. KITZ Corporation.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-4
iii. WATTS.

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-110.
ii. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
iii. Body Design: Three piece.
iv. Body Material: Forged brass.
v. Ends: Threaded and soldered.
vi. Seats: PTFE.
vii. Stem: Brass.
viii. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
ix. Port: Full.

2.03 BRONZE BALL VALVES
A. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port, and Bronze or Brass Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS-145.
ii. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
iii. Body Design: Two piece.
iv. Body Material: Bronze.
v. Ends: Threaded and soldered.
vi. Seats: PTFE.
vii. Stem: Bronze or brass.
viii. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
ix. Port: Full.

B. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port, and Bronze or Brass Trim, Press Ends:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS-145.
ii. CWP Rating: Minimum 200 psig.
iii. Body Design: Two piece.
iv. Body Material: Bronze.
v. Ends: Press.
vi. Press Ends Connections Rating: Minimum 200 psig.
vii. Seats: PTFE or RTPFE.
viii. Stem: Bronze or brass.
ix. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
x. Port: Full.
xi. O-Ring Seal: EPDM or Buna-N.

C. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port and Stainless-Steel Trim:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-5

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS-145.
ii. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
iii. Body Design: Two piece.
iv. Body Material: Bronze.
v. Ends: Threaded or soldered.
vi. Seats: PTFE.
vii. Stem: Stainless steel.
viii. Ball: Stainless steel, vented.
ix. Port: Full.

D. Bronze Ball Valves, Three-Piece with Full Port and Bronze or Brass Trim:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-110.
ii. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
iii. Body Design: Three piece.
iv. Body Material: Bronze.
v. Ends: Threaded.
vi. Seats: PTFE.
vii. Stem: Bronze or brass.
viii. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
ix. Port: Full.

2.04 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc, Class 125:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3.
ii. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
iii. Body Design: Horizontal flow.
iv. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
v. Ends: Threaded or soldered. See valve schedule articles. vi. Disc: Bronze.

B. Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc, Class 125:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-6

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4.
ii. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
iii. Body Design: Horizontal flow.
iv. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
v. Ends: Threaded or soldered. See valve schedule articles. vi. Disc: PTFE.

C. Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc, Class 150:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3.
ii. CWP Rating: 300 psig.
iii. Body Design: Horizontal flow.
iv. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
v. Ends: Threaded or soldered. See valve schedule articles. vi. Disc: Bronze.

D. Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc, Class 150:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4.
ii. CWP Rating: 300 psig.
iii. Body Design: Horizontal flow.
iv. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
v. Ends: Threaded or soldered. See valve schedule articles. vi. Disc: PTFE.

2.05 BRONZE GATE VALVES
A. Bronze Gate Valves, NRS, Class 125:

2. Description:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-7
i. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
ii. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
iii. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. iv. Ends: Threaded or solderjoint.
v. Stem: Bronze.
vi. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
vii. Packing: Asbestos free.
viii. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

B. Bronze Gate Valves, RS, Class 125:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
ii. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
iii. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. iv. Ends: Threaded or solderjoint.
v. Stem: Bronze.
vi. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
vii. Packing: Asbestos free.
viii. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

C. Bronze Gate Valves, NRS, Class 150:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
ii. CWP Rating: 300 psig.
iii. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and union-ring bonnet. iv. Ends: Threaded.
v. Stem: Bronze.
vi. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
vii. Packing: Asbestos free.
viii. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

D. Bronze Gate Valves, RS, Class 150:

2. Description:
i. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.
ii. CWP Rating: 300 psig.
iii. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and union-ring bonnet. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-8
iv. Ends: Threaded.
v. Stem: Bronze.
vi. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
vii. Packing: Asbestos free.
viii. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum.

EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling.

B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations.

C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.

D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage.

E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.

3.02 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.

B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center ofpipe.

D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.

E. Install valve tags. Comply with requirements in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules.

F. Check Valves: Install check valves for proper direction offlow.

1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level.

2. Center-Guided and Plate-Type Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between flanges.

3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb.

3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust orreplace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves ifpersistent leaking occurs.

3.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-9
A. Ifball valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types ofvalves with higherCWP ratings may be substituted.

B. Select valves with the following end connections:

1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-end option or press-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.

4. For Grooved-End Copper Tubing and Steel Piping: Grooved.

C. Ifcheck valve applications are not indicated, use the following:

1. Pump-Discharge Check Valves:
i. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze or nonmetallic disc. ii. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring; oriron, center-guided, metal-seat or resilient-seat check valves. iii. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger for Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring.

D. Use gate valves for shutoffservice only.

3.05 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller:

1. Brass ball valve, one piece. Provide with threaded or solder-joint ends.

2. Bronze ball valve, one piece with bronze or stainless-steel trim. Provide with threaded or solderjoint ends.

3. Brass ball valves, two-piece with full-port and brass or stainless-steel trim. Provide with threaded or solder-joint ends.

4. Bronze ball valves, two-piece with full-port and bronze, brass or stainless-steel trim. Provide with threaded or solder-joint ends.

5. Brass ball valves, three-piece with full port and brass or stainless-steel trim.

6. Bronze ball valves, three-piece with full port and bronze, brass or stainless-steel trim.

7. Bronze ball valves, two-piece with regular port and bronze or stainless-steel trim.

8. Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc, Class 125 or Class 150, with soldered orthreaded end connections.

9. Bronze gate valves, NRS, RS, Class 125 or Class 150 with soldered or threaded ends.

B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger:

1. Steel and Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead offlanged ends.

2. Steel ball valves, Class 150 with full-port.

3. Iron ball valves, Class 150.

4. Iron swing check valves with metal seats, Class 125 or Class 250, with threaded or flanged end connections.

5. Iron swing check valves with closure control lever and spring or weight, Class 125, with threaded or flanged end connections.

6. Iron, grooved-end swing check valves, 300 CWP.

7. Iron, center-guided check valves with compact wafer, Class 125, Class 150, Class 250 orClass 300.

8. Iron, center-guided check valves with globe, metal, resilient seat, Class 125, Class 150, Class 250 or Class 300, with threaded or flanged end connections. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220523-10

9. Iron, dual-plate check valves with metal, resilient seat, Class 125, Class 150, Class 250 orClass 300, with threaded or flanged end connections.

10. Iron, single-plate check valves with resilient seat, Class 125 or Class 250, with threaded or flanged end connections.

11. Iron gate valves, NRS, OS&Y, Class 125 or Class 250 with flanged ends.

12. Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves: 200 CWP, EPDM or NBR seat, aluminum-bronze, ductileiron or stainless-steel disc.

13. Ductile-Iron, Grooved-End Butterfly Valves: 175 or 300 CWP.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220553-1
SECTION 22 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Equipment labels.

2. Warning signs and labels.

3. Pipe labels.

4. Stencils.

5. Valve tags.

6. Warning tags.

1. “No Exception Taken”.

2. “Exception”. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and otherrequirements along with proposed alternative.
b. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
c. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device.
d. Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label.
e. Valve numbering scheme.
f. Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.

1.04 COORDINATION
a. Coordinate installation ofidentifying devices with completion ofcovering and painting ofsurfaces where devices are to be applied.
b. Coordinate installation ofidentifying devices with locations ofaccess panels and doors. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220553-2
c. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

1.05 GENERAL
a. Manufacturers:

1. Craftmark Identification Systems

2. Seton Identification Products

3. Setmark
Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 EQUIPMENT LABELS
a. Metal Labels for Equipment:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:

Brady Corporation.

Marking Services, Inc.

Seton Identification Products.

2. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.

3. Letter Color: White.

4. Background Color: Red.

5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.

6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name ofunits ifviewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size ofprincipal lettering.

7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.

8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. b. Plastic Labels for Equipment:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:

Brady Corporation.

Marking Services, Inc.

Seton Identification Products.

2. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

3. Letter Color: White.

4. Background Color: Red.

5. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.

6. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.

7. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name ofunits ifviewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size ofprincipal lettering.

8. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.

9. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. c. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220553-3
d. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper.

Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules) and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.

Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

2.02 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:

1. Brady Corporation.

2. Marking Services, Inc.

3. Seton Identification Products.
b. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
c. Letter Color: Black.
d. Background Color: Yellow.
e. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. f. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary forrequired label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. g. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances.

Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size ofprincipal lettering. h. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. i. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. j. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions.

2.03 PIPE LABELS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:

1. Actioncraft Products, Inc.; a division ofIndustrial Test Equipment Co., Inc.

2. Brady Corporation.

3. Seton Identification Products.
b. Do not use pipe labels or plastic tapes for bare pipes conveying fluids at temperatures of 125 deg F (52 deg C) or higher.
c. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction.
d. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.
e. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220553-4
f. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification ofpiping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings; also include pipe size and an arrow indicating flow direction.

1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping-system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.

2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping.

2.04 STENCILS
a. Stencils for Piping:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:

Brimar Industries, Inc.

Marking Services, Inc.

Seton Identification Products.

2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping.

3. Stencil Material: Brass.

4. Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, alkyd enamel or acrylic enamel in colors complying with recommendations in ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spraycan form.

5. Identification Paint: Exterior, alkyd enamel or acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form.

2.05 VALVE TAGS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:

1. Actioncraft Products, Inc.; a division ofIndustrial Test Equipment Co., Inc.

2. Brady Corporation.

3. Brimar Industries, Inc.
b. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2-inch numbers.

1. Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.

2. Fasteners: Brass wire-link chain or beaded chain or S-hook. c. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location ofvalve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations foridentification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.

1. Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

2.06 WARNING TAGS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:

1. Brady Corporation.

2. Brimar Industries, Inc.

3. Carlton Industries, LP.
b. Description: Preprinted or partially preprinted accident-prevention tags ofplasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing.

1. Size: Approximately 4 by 7 inches.

2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220553-5

3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE."

4. Color: Safety yellow background with black lettering.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION
a. Clean piping and equipment surface of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants.

3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
a. Coordinate installation ofidentifying devices with completion ofcovering and painting ofsurfaces where devices are to be applied.
b. Coordinate installation ofidentifying devices with locations ofaccess panels and doors. c. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

3.03 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
a. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item ofmechanical equipment. b. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.

3.04 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
a. Piping Color Coding: Painting ofpiping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." b. Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels, complying with ASME A13.1, with painted, color-coded bands orrectangles on each piping system.

1. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background.

2. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking.
c. Pipe Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows:

1. Near each valve and control device.

2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.

3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.

4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view ofconcealed piping.

5. Near major equipment items and other points oforigination and termination.

6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment.

7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 220553-6
d. Directional Flow Arrows: Arrows shall be used to indicate direction offlow in pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions.
e. Pipe Label Color Schedule:

1. Low-Pressure Compressed Air Piping:

Background: Safety blue.

Letter Colors: White.

2. High-Pressure Compressed Air Piping:

Background: Safety blue.

Letter Colors: White.

3. Domestic Water Piping
Background: Safety green.

Letter Colors: White.

4. Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Piping:

Background Color: Safety green.

Letter Color: White.

3.05 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION
a. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves within factoryfabricated equipment units, shutoffvalves, faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose connections, and similar roughing-in connections ofend-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. b. Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:

1. Valve-Tag Size and Shape:

Cold Water: 2 inches, round.

Hot Water: 2 inches, round.

Low-Pressure Compressed Air: 2 inches, round.

High-Pressure Compressed Air: 2 inches, round.

2. Valve-Tag Colors:

Cold Water: Natural.

Hot Water: Natural.

Low-Pressure Compressed Air: Natural.

High-Pressure Compressed Air: Natural.

3. Letter Colors:

Cold Water: Black White.

Hot Water: Black.

Low-Pressure Compressed Air: Black.

High-Pressure Compressed Air: Black.

3.06 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION
a. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-1
SECTION 22 11 16 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Copper tube and fittings.

2. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings.

3. Piping joining materials.

4. Encasement for piping.

5. Transition fittings.

6. Dielectric fittings.

1. “No Exception Taken”.

2. “Exception”. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and otherrequirements along with proposed alternative.
b. Product Data: For transition fittings and dielectric fittings. c. Sustainable Design Submittals:

1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content.

2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials.

1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. System purging and disinfecting activities report.
b. Field quality-control reports.

1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS
a. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted underthe following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-2

1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager and/or Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption ofwater service.

2. Do not interrupt water service without Architect's, Construction Manager's and/or Owner's written permission.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPING MATERIALS
a. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications ofpipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. b. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Include marking "NSF-pw" on applicable piping.

2.02 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
a. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L and ASTM B 88, Type K water tube, drawn temper. b. Cast-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, pressure fittings. c. Wrought-Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper pressure fittings. d. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. e. Copper Unions:

1. MSS SP-123.

2. Cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body.

3. Ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces.

4. Solder-joint or threaded ends.
f. Copper, Brass, or Bronze Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
i. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc.
ii. Mueller Industries, Inc.
iii. NIBCO INC.

2. Fittings: Cast-brass, cast-bronze or wrought-copper with EPDM O-ring seal in each end. Sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger with stainless steel grip ring and EPDM O-ring seal.

3. Minimum 200-psig working-pressure rating at 250 deg F. g. Appurtenances for Grooved-End Copper Tubing:

2. Bronze Fittings forGrooved-End, CopperTubing: ASTM B 75/B 75M coppertube orASTM B 584 bronze castings.

3. Mechanical Couplings for Grooved-End Copper Tubing:
i. Copper-tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606. ii. Ferrous housing sections.
iii. EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-3
iv. Bolts and nuts.
v. Minimum Pressure Rating: 300 psig.

2.03 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe:

1. AWWA C151/A21.51, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated.

2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.
b. Standard-Pattern, Mechanical-Joint Fittings:

1. AWWA C110/A21.10, ductile or gray iron.

2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.
c. Compact-Pattern, Mechanical-Joint Fittings:

1. AWWA C153/A21.53, ductile iron.

2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111/A21.11, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.
d. Plain-End, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151/A21.51.
e. Appurtenances for Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Pipe:

2. Fittings for Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Pipe: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron castings or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron castings with dimensions that match pipe.

3. Mechanical Couplings for Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron-Piping:
i. AWWA C606 for ductile-iron-pipe dimensions.
ii. Ferrous housing sections.
iii. EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water. iv. Bolts and nuts.
v. Minimum Pressure Rating:
1) NPS 14 to NPS 18: 250 psig.
2) NPS 20 to NPS 46: 150 psig.

2.04 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS
a. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials:

1. AWWA C110/A21.10, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free unless otherwise indicated.

2. Full-face or ring type unless otherwise indicated.
b. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. c. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.
d. Flux: ASTM B 813, water flushable.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-4
e. Brazing FillerMetals: AWS A5.8M/A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing unless otherwise indicated.
f. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gaskets, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.

2.05 ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING
a. Standard: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A21.5.
b. Form: Sheet or tube.
c. Color: Black or natural.

2.06 TRANSITION FITTINGS
a. General Requirements:

1. Same size as pipes to be joined.

2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined.

3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined.
b. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. c. Sleeve-Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219.

2. Description:
i. CPVC or PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions. ii. One end with threaded brass insert and one solvent-cement-socket orthreaded end. e. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions:

2. Description:
i. CPVC or PVC four-part union.
ii. Brass or stainless-steel threaded end.
iii. Solvent-cement-joint or threaded plastic end.
iv. Rubber O-ring.
v. Union nut.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-5

2.07 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
a. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. b. Dielectric Unions:

2. Standard: ASSE 1079.

3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F.

4. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. c. Dielectric Flanges:

2. Standard: ASSE 1079.

3. Factory-fabricated, bolted, companion-flange assembly.

4. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F.

5. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
d. Dielectric-Flange Insulating Kits:

2. Nonconducting materials for field assembly ofcompanion flanges.

3. Pressure Rating: 150 psig.

4. Gasket: Neoprene or phenolic.

5. Bolt Sleeves: Phenolic or polyethylene.

6. Washers: Phenolic with steel backing washers.
e. Dielectric Nipples:

2. Standard: IAPMO PS 66.

3. Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545.

4. Pressure Rating and Temperature: 300 psig at 225 deg F.

5. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved.

6. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-6
Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 EARTHWORK
a. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION
a. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.
b. Install copper tubing under building slab according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." c. Install ductile-iron piping under building slab with restrained joints according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41.
d. Install underground copper tube and ductile-iron pipe in PE encasement according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105/A21.5.
e. Install shutoffvalve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and testtee with valve inside the building at each domestic water-service entrance. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" and with requirements for drain valves and strainers in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties."
f. Install shutoffvalve immediately upstream ofeach dielectric fitting. g. Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements for pressure-reducing valves in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." h. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb. i. Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility company's requirements. j. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." k. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. l. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. m. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space.
n. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
o. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-7
p. Install piping free ofsags and bends.
q. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. r. Install PEX tubing with loop at each change ofdirection ofmore than 90 degrees. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece ofequipment, machine, and specialty. s. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping for each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump.

Comply with requirements for pressure gages in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." t. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements for thermostats in Section 221123 "Domestic Water Pumps."
u. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements for thermometers in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." v. Install sleeves for piping penetrations ofwalls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." w. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations ofconcrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." x. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."

3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
a. Ream ends ofpipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends ofsteel pipe. b. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside ofpipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. c. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:

1. Apply appropriate tape orthread compound to external pipe threads.

2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. d. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Comply with CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" chapter. e. Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." f. Pressure-Sealed Joints for Copper Tubing: Join copper tube and pressure-seal fittings with tools and procedure recommended by pressure-seal-fitting manufacturer. Leave insertion marks on pipe after assembly.
g. Joint Construction for Grooved-End Copper Tubing: Make joints according to AWWA C606. Roll groove ends of tubes. Lubricate and install gasket over ends of tubes or tube and fitting. Install coupling housing sections over gasket with keys seated in tubing grooves. Install and tighten housing bolts. h. Joint Construction for Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Piping: Make joints according to AWWA C606. Cut round-bottom grooves in ends of pipe at gasket-seat dimension required for specified (flexible or rigid) 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-8
joint. Lubricate and install gasket over ends of pipes or pipe and fitting. Install coupling housing sections over gasket with keys seated in piping grooves. Install and tighten housing bolts. i. Joint Construction for Grooved-End Steel Piping: Make joints according to AWWA C606. Roll groove ends ofpipe as specified. Lubricate and install gasket over ends ofpipes or pipe and fitting. Install coupling housing sections over gasket with keys seated in piping grooves. Install and tighten housing bolts. j. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate asbestos-free, nonmetallic gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for domestic water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9.

1. Joint Construction for Solvent-Cemented Plastic Piping: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. Apply primer.

2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.

3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
k. Joints for PEX Tubing: Join according to ASTM F 1807 for metal insert and copper crimp ring fittings and ASTM F 1960 for cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. l. Joints for PEX Tubing: Join according to ASSE 1061 for push-fit fittings. m. Joints for Dissimilar-Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials ofboth piping systems.

3.04 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION
a. Install transition couplings at joints ofdissimilar piping. b. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping:

1. Fittings for NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting-type coupling.

2. Fittings for NPS 2 and Larger: Sleeve-type coupling. c. Transition Fittings in Aboveground Domestic Water Piping NPS 2 and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition fittings or unions.

3.05 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION
a. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections ofdissimilar metal piping and tubing. b. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings nipples or unions. c. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flanges, flange kits or nipples. d. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits.

3.06 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
a. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
b. Comply with requirements for hangers, supports, and anchor devices in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-9

1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or 42, clamps.

2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs:
i. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. ii. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. iii. Longer Than 100 Feet ifIndicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

4. Base ofVertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. c. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. d. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of3/8 inch. e. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

6. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod.

7. NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
f. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. g. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod.

4. NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

5. NPS 3 and NPS 3-1/2: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod.

7. NPS 6: 12 feet with 3/4-inch rod.

8. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 12 feet with 7/8-inch rod.
h. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet. i. Support piping and tubing not listed in this article according to MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's written instructions.
j. Install hangers for copper ductile iron tubing and piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent.
k. Install vinyl-coated hangers for CPVC and PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. Install vinyl-coated hangers for PEX tubing, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent.
l. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches ofeach fitting. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-10
m. Support vertical runs of copper ductile iron tubing and piping to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. n. Support vertical runs ofCPVC and PVC piping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent.Support vertical runs ofPEX tubing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent.

3.07 CONNECTIONS
a. Drawings indicate general arrangement ofpiping, fittings, and specialties. b. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. c. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.
d. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following:

1. Domestic Water Booster Pumps: Cold-water suction and discharge piping.

2. Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes ofwater heater connections.

3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than that required by plumbing code.

4. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoffvalve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead ofunions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

3.08 IDENTIFICATION
a. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." b. Label pressure piping with system operating pressure.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Perform the following tests and inspections:

1. Piping Inspections:
i. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
ii. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence ofauthorities having jurisdiction:
1) Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing in afterroughing in and before setting fixtures. 2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified in "Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance with requirements. iii. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange forreinspection. iv. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Piping Tests:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-11
i. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full ofwater.
ii. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. Iftesting is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram ofportion ofpiping tested.
iii. Leave new, altered, extended, orreplaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.
iv. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating ofpiping system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. v. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.
vi. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. b. Domestic water piping will be considered defective ifit does not pass tests and inspections. c. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.10 ADJUSTING
a. Perform the following adjustments before operation:

1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.

2. Open shutoffvalves to fully open position.

3. Open throttling valves to proper setting.

4. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. i. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide hot-water flow in each branch.
ii. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.

5. Remove plugs used during testing ofpiping and fortemporary sealing ofpiping during installation.

6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.

7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use.

8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.

3.11 CLEANING
a. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:

1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using.

2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below:
i. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. ii. Fill and isolate system according to either ofthe following:
1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.
iii. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time.
iv. Repeat procedures ifbiological examination shows contamination. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-12
v. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. b. Clean non-potable domestic water piping as follows:

1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using.

2. Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or; if methods are not prescribed, follow procedures described below:
i. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. ii. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures ifbiological examination shows contamination.
c. Prepare and submitreports ofpurging and disinfecting activities. Include copies ofwater-sample approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.
d. Clean interior ofdomestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE
a. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated.
b. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. c. Fitting Option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing. d. Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 3 and smaller, shall be the following:

1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.

2. PVC, Schedule 40and/or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. e. Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 4 to NPS 8 and larger, shall be one of the following:

1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.

2. Mechanical-joint, ductile-iron pipe; standard- or compact-pattern, mechanical-joint fittings; and mechanical joints.

3. Plain-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-joint, ductile-iron-pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints.

4. PVC, Schedule 40or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. f. Under-building-slab, combined domestic water, building-service, and fire-service-main piping, NPS 6 to NPS 12, shall be one ofthe following:

1. Mechanical-joint, ductile-iron pipe; standard-pattern, mechanical-joint fittings; and mechanical joints.

2. Plain-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-joint, ductile-iron-pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints. g. Under-building-slab, domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one ofthe following:

1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K; wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.

2. PVC, Schedule 40or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. h. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one ofthe following:

1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; cast- or wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed or soldered joints.

2. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and pressure-sealed joints.

3. CPVC, Schedule 40or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221116-13

4. CPVC, Schedule 80 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 80 threaded fittings; and threaded joints.

5. CPVC Tubing System: CPVC tube; CPVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 CPVC pipe with CPVC socket fittings may be used instead oftubing.

6. PEX tube, NPS 2 and smaller.
i. Fittings for PEX tube:
1) ASTM F 1807, metal insert and copper crimp rings.
2) ASTM F 1960, cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. 3) ASSE 1061, push-fit fittings.

7. PVC, Schedule 40 or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. i. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4, shall be one ofthe following:

1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; cast- or wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed or soldered joints.

2. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper pressure-seal-joint fittings; and pressure-sealed joints.

3. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; grooved-joint, copper-tube appurtenances; and grooved joints.

4. CPVC, Schedule 40 or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.

5. CPVC, Schedule 80 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 80 threaded fittings; and threaded joints.

6. PVC, Schedule 40or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. j. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 5 to NPS 8, shall be one ofthe following:

1. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; cast- or wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed or soldered joints.

2. Hard copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type L; grooved-joint, copper-tube appurtenances; and grooved joints.

3. Stainless-steel Schedule 10or Schedule 40 pipe, grooved-joint fittings, and grooved joints.

4. CPVC, Schedule 40or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.

5. CPVC, Schedule 80 pipe; CPVC, Schedule 80 threaded fittings; and threaded joints.

6. PVC, Schedule 40or Schedule 80; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. k. Aboveground, combined domestic water-service and fire-service-main piping, NPS 6 to NPS 12, shall be one ofthe following:

1. Plain-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-joint, ductile-iron-pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints.

2. Stainless-steel Schedule 10 or Schedule 40 pipe, grooved-joint fittings, and grooved joints.

3.13 VALVE SCHEDULE
a. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply:

1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly, ball, or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

2. Throttling Duty: Use ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or ball valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

3. Hot-Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated or Memory-stop balancing valves.

4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.
b. Use check valves to maintain correct direction ofdomestic water flow to and from equipment. c. Iron grooved-end valves may be used with grooved-end piping.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-1
SECTION 22 13 16 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings.

2. Copper tube and fittings.

3. Specialty pipe fittings.

4. Encasement for underground metal piping.
b. Related Requirements:

1. Section 221313 "Facility Sanitary Sewers" for sanitary sewerage piping and structures outside the building.

2. Section 221329 "Sanitary Sewerage Pumps" for effluent and sewage pumps.

3. Section 226600 "Chemical-Waste Systems for Laboratory and Healthcare Facilities" for chemicalwaste and vent piping systems.

1. “No Exception Taken”.

1. Product Data: For adhesives, indicating VOC content.

2. Laboratory Test Reports: For adhesives, indicating compliance with requirements for low-emitting materials.
d. Shop Drawings: For hubless, single-stack drainage system include plans, elevations, sections, and details.

1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For waste and vent piping, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-2

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.

2. Detailed description of piping anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.
b. Field quality-control reports.

1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS
a. Interruption ofExisting Sanitary Waste Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager and Owner no fewerthan two days in advance ofproposed interruption ofsanitary waste service.

2. Do not proceed with interruption of sanitary waste service without Architect's, Construction Manager's and Owner's written permission.

1.06 WARRANTY
a. Listed manufacturers to provide labelling and warranty oftheir respective products.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure unless otherwise indicated:

1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head ofwater.

2. Waste, Force-Main Piping: 50 psig, 100 psig or 150 psig. b. Seismic Performance: Soil, waste, and vent piping and support and installation shall withstand the effects ofearthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

2.02 PIPING MATERIALS
a. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings ofspecified testing agency. b. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications ofpipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.

2.03 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. AB & I Foundry; a part ofthe McWane family ofcompanies.

2. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company.

3. Tyler Pipe; a part ofMcWane family ofcompanies.
b. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A888 or CISPI 301.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-3
c. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
i. ANACO-Husky.
ii. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company.
iii. Tyler Pipe; a subsidiary ofMcWane Inc.

2. Standards: ASTM C1277 and CISPI 310.

3. Description: Stainless-steel corrugated shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. d. Heavy-Duty, Hubless-Piping Couplings:

2. Standards: ASTM C1277 and ASTM C1540.

3. Description: Stainless-steel shield with stainless-steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.

2.04 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
a. Copper Type DWV Tube: ASTM B306, drainage tube, drawn temper. b. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought copper, solder-joint fittings.
c. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type L and Type M, watertube, drawn temper. d. Copper Pressure Fittings:

1. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings ifindicated.

2. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socket, metal-tometal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends. e. Copper Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, cast copper with solder-joint end.

1. Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, full-face, flat, nonmetallic, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated.

2. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. f. Solder: ASTM B32, lead free with ASTM B813, water-flushable flux.

2.05 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS
a. Transition Couplings:

1. Fitting-Type TransitionCouplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting.

2. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings:
i. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1) Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co.
2) Mission Rubber Company, LLC; a division ofMCP Industries. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-4
ii. Standard: ASTM C1460.
iii. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. iv. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined.

2.06 ENCASEMENT FOR UNDERGROUND METAL PIPING
a. Standard: ASTM A674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5.
b. Material: Linearlow-density polyethylene film of0.008-inch or high-density, cross-laminated polyethylene film of0.004-inchminimum thickness.
c. Form: Sheet or tube.
d. Color: Natural.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 EARTH MOVING
a. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION
a. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement ofpiping systems.

1. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations.

2. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. b. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipmentrooms and service areas.
c. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. d. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. e. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
f. Install piping at indicated slopes.
g. Install piping free ofsags and bends.
h. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. i. Install piping to allow application ofinsulation.
j. Provided seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-5
k. All cleanouts shall be installed where readily accessible. The contractor shall coordinate all cleanout locations with equipment, cabinets, etc. and architect priorto any installation. l. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends.

1. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical.

2. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe.
i. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines.

3. Do not change direction offlow more than 90 degrees.

4. Use proper size ofstandard increasers and reducers ifpipes ofdifferent sizes are connected. i. Reducing size ofwaste piping in direction offlow is prohibited. m. Lay buried building waste piping beginning at low point ofeach system.

1. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity ofinvert. Place hub ends of piping upstream.

2. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.

3. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. n. Install soil and waste and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated:

1. Building Sanitary Waste: 2 percent downward in direction offlow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 or 2percent downward in direction offlow for piping NPS 4 and larger.

2. Horizontal Sanitary Waste Piping: 2 percent downward in direction offlow.

3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent ortoward vent stack. o. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," ChapterIV, "Installation ofCast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

1. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. p. Install aboveground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." q. Install engineered soil and waste and vent piping systems as follows:

1. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards ofauthorities having jurisdiction.

2. Hubless, Single-Stack Drainage System: Comply with ASME B16.45 and hubless, single-stack aerator fitting manufacturer's written installation instructions.

3. Reduced-Size Venting: Comply with standards ofauthorities having jurisdiction. r. Install underground, ductile-iron, force-main piping according to AWWA C600.

1. Install buried piping inside building between wall and floor penetrations and connection to sanitary sewer piping outside building with restrained joints.

2. Anchor pipe to wall or floor. Install thrust-block supports at vertical and horizontal offsets.

3. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. s. Install underground, copper, force-main tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. t. Install force mains at elevations indicated.
u. Plumbing Specialties:

1. Install backwater valves in sanitary waster gravity-flow piping. i. Comply with requirements for backwater valves specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-6

2. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary waste gravity-flow piping.
i. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage force-main piping.
ii. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

3. Install drains in sanitary waste gravity-flow piping. i. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."
v. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
w. Install sleeves for piping penetrations ofwalls, ceilings, and floors.

1. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."
x. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations ofconcrete walls and slabs.

1. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."
y. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations ofwalls, ceilings, and floors.

1. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."

3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
a. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.
b. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with calked joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead-and-oakum calked joints.
c. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints.
d. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.

1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies.

2. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
i. Apply appropriate tape orthread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified.
ii. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded ordamaged. iii. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. e. Join stainless-steel pipe and fittings with gaskets according to ASME A112.3.1. f. Join copper tube and fittings with soldered joints according to ASTM B828. Use ASTM B813, waterflushable, lead-free flux and ASTM B32, lead-free-alloy solder. g. Grooved Joints: Cut groove ends ofpipe according to AWWA C606. Lubricate and install gasket over ends of pipes or pipe and fitting. Install coupling housing sections, over gasket, with keys seated in piping grooves. Install and tighten housing bolts.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-7
h. Flanged Joints: Align bolt holes. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Torque bolts in cross pattern. i. Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:

1. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe-handling practice ofcleaners, primers, and solvent cements.

3.04 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION
a. Transition Couplings:

1. Install transition couplings at joints ofpiping with small differences in ODs.

2. In Waste Drainage Piping: Unshielded or Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

3. In Aboveground Force Main Piping: Fitting-type transition couplings.

4. In Underground Force Main Piping:
i. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Fitting-type transition couplings. ii. NPS 2 and Larger: Pressure transition couplings.
b. Dielectric Fittings:

1. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections ofdissimilar metal piping and tubing.

2. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric nipples or unions.

3. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flanges, flange kits or nipples.

4. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 5 and Larger: Use dielectric flange kits.

3.05 VALVE INSTALLATION
a. Comply with requirements in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping," Section 220523.13 "Butterfly Valves for Plumbing Piping," Section 220523.14 "Check Valves for Plumbing Piping," and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping" for general-duty valve installation requirements. b. ShutoffValves:

1. Install shutoffvalve on each sewage pump discharge.

2. Install full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 and smaller.

3. Install gate valve for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
c. Check Valves: Install swing check valve, between pump and shutoff valve, on each sewage pump discharge.
d. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to backflow.

1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. Use normally closed type unless otherwise indicated.

2. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves unless drain has integral backwater valve.

3. Install backwater valves in accessible locations.

4. Comply with requirements for backwater valve specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

3.06 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
a. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-8
b. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." and Section 220548.13 "Vibration Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments.

2. Install stainless-steel or fiberglass pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments.

3. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments.

4. Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in corrosive environments.

5. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.

6. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:
i. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. ii. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. iii. Longer Than 100 Feet ifIndicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

7. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

8. Base ofVertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. c. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches ofeach fitting, valve, and coupling. d. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. e. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods. f. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.

4. NPS 6 and NPS 8: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod.

5. NPS 10 and NPS 12: 60 inches with 7/8-inch rod.

6. Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches. g. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet. h. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet. i. Install hangers for stainless-steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 2: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

2. NPS 3: 96 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

3. NPS 4: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

4. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod.
j. Install supports for vertical stainless-steel piping every 10 feet. k. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

2. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.

3. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod.

4. NPS 3 and NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod.

5. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod.

6. NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch rod.
l. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-9
m. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-58 and manufacturer's written instructions.

3.07 CONNECTIONS
a. Drawings indicate general arrangement ofpiping, fittings, and specialties. b. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.
c. Connect waste and vent piping to the following:

1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect waste piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect waste and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor.

5. Install horizontal backwater valves with cleanout cover flush with floor orin pit with pit cover flush with floor.

6. Comply with requirements for backwater valves cleanouts and drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

7. Equipment: Connect waste piping as indicated.
i. Provide shutoffvalve ifindicated and union for each connection. ii. Use flanges instead ofunions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger. d. Connect force-main piping to the following:

1. Sanitary Sewer: To exterior force main.

2. Sewage Pump: To sewage pump discharge.
e. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance ofequipment. f. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated:

1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece ofequipment.

2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece ofequipment.

3.08 IDENTIFICATION
a. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping.
b. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made.

Perform tests specified below in presence ofauthorities having jurisdiction. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-10

1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.

2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. b. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange forreinspection.
c. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. d. Test sanitary waste and vent piping according to procedures ofauthorities having jurisdiction or, in absence ofpublished procedures, as follows:

1. Test forleaks and defects in new piping and parts ofexisting piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired.
i. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram ofportion ofpiping tested.

2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced waste and vent piping until it has been tested and approved.
i. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.

3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test waste and vent piping except outside leaders on completion ofroughing-in.
i. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head ofwater.
ii. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop.
iii. Inspect joints for leaks.

4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. i. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of1-inch wg.
ii. Use U-tube or manometerinserted in trap ofwater closet to measure this pressure. iii. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection.
iv. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.

5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained.

6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. e. Test force-main piping according to procedures ofauthorities having jurisdiction or, in absence ofpublished procedures, as follows:

1. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, orreplaced force-main piping until it has been tested and approved.
i. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.

2. Cap and subject piping to static-water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating ofpiping system materials.
i. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. ii. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.

3. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained.

4. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-11

3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
a. Clean interior ofpiping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. b. Protect sanitary waste and vent piping during remainder ofconstruction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. c. Cover all floor drains and floor sinks during constructions to prevent debris from entering pipe and protect grates from damages.
d. Place plugs in ends ofuncompleted piping at end ofday and when work stops. e. Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by waste and vent piping installation.

3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE
a. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated. b. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any ofthe following:

1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.

2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings and hubless, single-stack aerator fittings; CISPI or heavyduty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.

3. Galvanized-steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threaded joints.

4. Copper Type DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints.

5. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Unshielded or Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. c. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 5 and larger shall be any ofthe following:

1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.

2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings and hubless, single-stack aerator fittings; CISPI or heavyduty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.

3. Galvanized-steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threaded joints.

4. Solid-wall or Cellular-core PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

5. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Unshielded or Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. d. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any ofthe following:

1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.

2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI or heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.

3. Galvanized-steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threaded joints.

4. Copper Type DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints. i. Option for Vent Piping, NPS 2-1/2: Hard coppertube, Type M; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

5. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Unshielded or Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. e. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 5 and larger shall be any ofthe following:

1. Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; gaskets; and gasketed joints.

2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI or heavy-duty hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.

3. Galvanized-steel pipe, drainage fittings, and threaded joints.

4. Solid-wall or Cellular-core PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

5. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Unshielded or Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. f. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 and smaller shall be any ofthe following:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 221316-12

1. Extra Heavy or Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed or calking materials; and calked joints.

2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI, heavy-duty cast-iron hubless-piping couplings; and coupled joints.

3. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Unshielded or Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. g. Underground, soil and waste piping NPS 5 and larger shall be any ofthe following:

1. Extra Heavy or Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed or calking materials; and calked joints.

2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; CISPI or heavy-duty cast-iron hubless-piping couplings; coupled joints.

3. Solid-wall or Cellular-core PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.

4. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Unshielded or Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. h. Aboveground sanitary-sewage force mains NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 shall be any ofthe following:

1. Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

2. Galvanized-steel pipe, pressure fittings, and threaded joints. i. Aboveground sanitary-sewage force mains NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6shall be any ofthe following:

1. Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

2. Galvanized-steel pipe, pressure fittings, and threaded joints.

3. Grooved-end, galvanized-steel pipe; grooved-joint, galvanized-steel-pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints.
j. Underground sanitary-sewage force mains NPS 4 and smaller] shall be any ofthe following:

1. Hard copper tube, Type L; wrought-copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

2. Ductile-iron, mechanical-joint piping and mechanical joints.

3. Ductile-iron, push-on-joint piping and push-on joints.

4. Ductile-iron, grooved-joint piping and grooved joints.

5. Fitting-type transition coupling for piping smaller than NPS 1-1/2 and pressure transition coupling for NPS 1-1/2 and larger ifdissimilar pipe materials.
k. Underground sanitary-sewage force mains NPS 5 and larger shall be any ofthe following:

1. Hard copper tube, Type L; wrought-copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

2. Ductile-iron, mechanical-joint piping and mechanical joints.

3. Ductile-iron, push-on-joint piping and push-on joints.

4. Ductile-iron, grooved-joint piping and grooved joints.

5. Pressure transition couplings ifdissimilar pipe materials.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DRINKING FOUNTAINS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 224713-1
SECTION 22 47 13 - DRINKING FOUNTAINS
Part 1.GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section includes drinking fountains and related components.

1. “No Exception Taken”.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

2. Include operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. c. Sustainable Design Submittals:

1. Product Data: For water consumption.

1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
a. Maintenance Data: For drinking fountains to include in maintenance manuals.

Part 2.PRODUCTS

2.01 DRINKING FOUNTAINS
a. Drinking Fountains: Concrete Painted cast iron or steel, pedestal wheelchair accessible.

1. Steel Drinking Fountains:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DRINKING FOUNTAINS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 224713-2
i. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1) Belson Outdoors, Inc.
2) Halsey Taylor.
3) Haws Corporation.
4) Murdock Manufacturing; A Member ofMorris Group International. 5) Stern-Williams Co., Inc.

2. Standards: Comply with ICC A117.1 and NSF 61 Annex G.

3. Pedestal: Rectangular Round, with side receptor(s).

4. Receptor(s):
i. Number: One.
ii. Material: Chrome-plated brass or stainless steel.
iii. Shape: Round.
iv. Bubbler: One for each receptor, with adjustable stream regulator. v. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/4 tailpiece.

5. Maximum water flow: 1.0 gpm.

6. Controls: Push button.

7. Access to Internal Components: Panel in pedestal.

8. Supply Piping: NPS 1/2 with shutoffvalve.

9. Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/2] minimum trap and waste.

Part 3.EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
a. Examine roughing-in for water-supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations ofpiping connections before fixture installation. b. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed. c. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION
a. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. For fixtures indicated for children, install at height required by authorities having jurisdiction. b. Set pedestal drinking fountains on floor.
c. Install water-supply piping with shutoffvalve on supply to each fixture to be connected to domestic-water distribution piping. Use ball or gate valve. Install valves in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. Valves are specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping."
d. Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet ofeach fixture to be connected to sanitary drainage system. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City ofSanta Monica DRINKING FOUNTAINS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 224713-3
e. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deeppattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." f. Seal joints between fixtures and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant.

Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

3.03 CONNECTIONS
a. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.
b. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." c. Install ball or gate shutoffvalve on water supply to each fixture. Comply with valve requirements specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping."
d. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping."

3.04 ADJUSTING
a. Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height.

3.05 CLEANING
a. After installing fixtures, inspect unit. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish.
b. Clean fixtures, on completion ofinstallation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. c. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures.
d. Do not allow use offixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner.

END OF SECTION 224713
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260000-1
SECTION 26 00 00 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SCOPE
a. Basic electrical requirements specifically applicable to Division 26 Sections. b. Work includes but is not necessarily limited to the following:

1. Labor, materials, services, equipment, and appliances required for completion of tasks as indicated on drawing or in specification or as inherently necessary to provide complete and operational electrical systems including:
i. All temporary construction power including test power, temporary heat and lighting. ii. Incidental items not indicated on the drawings nor mentioned in the Specifications that belong to the work described, or are required to provide complete and operable systems, as though called out here in every detail.
iii. Cleaning, cutting, patching, repairing and painting. iv. Testing and commissioning.
v. The Contractor shall coordinate this Section with all other Sections ofthe Specification.

1.03 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
a. Drawings accompanying these Specifications show intent ofWork to be done. Specifications shall identify quality and grade ofinstallation and where equipment and hardware is not particularly specified, Contractor shall provide submittals for all products and install them per manufacturers’ recommendations, and in a workmanlike manner.
b. Examine Drawings and Specifications for elements in connection with this Work; determine existing and new general construction conditions and be familiar with all limitations caused by such conditions. c. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between items indicated on the plans and/or specifications or with code requirements, the note, specification or code which prescribes and establishes the more complete job or the higher standard prevail.
d. Plans are intended to show general arrangement and extent of Work contemplated. Exact location and arrangement of parts shall be determined after the Owner has reviewed equipment, as Work progresses, to conform in best possible manner with surroundings, and as directed by the Owner’s Representative. e. For purposes of clearness and legibility, the electrical drawings are essentially diagrammatic. The size and location of equipment is shown to scale where possible. The contractor shall verify all conditions, data information as indicated on the drawings and in the specification sections where electrical work interfaces with other trades.
f. Contract Documents are intended to show the scope and general arrangement of the Work under this Contract. Drawings are not intended to be scaled for roughing in measurements or to serve as shop 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260000-2
drawings. Where job conditions require minor changes or adjustments in the indicated locations or arrangement ofthe Work, such changes shall be made without change in the Contract amount. g. The contractor shall maintain as built drawings to reflect all changes made during construction and any deviations from the electrical drawings. This includes deviations from circuit numbers and any addition, deletion or relocation offixtures/outlets shown on working drawings.

1.05 APPLICABLE REFERENCE STANDARDS, CODES AND REGULATIONS a. Meet requirements of all state codes having jurisdiction. b. State of California Code of Regulations:

1. Title 8, Chapter 4. Division ofIndustrial Safety, Subchapter 5. Electrical Safety Orders (Cal/OSHA):
i. Low-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders (Sections 2299 - 2599) ii. High-Voltage Electrical Safety Orders (Sections 2700 - 2989)

2. Title 19, State Fire Marshal Regulations

3. Current California Building Code (CBC), Title 24, Part 2

4. Current California Electrical Code, Title 24, Part 3

5. Current California Mechanical Code, Title 24, Part 4

6. Current California Plumbing Code, Title 24, Part 5

7. Current California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6

8. Current California Fire Code, Title 24, Part 9

9. Current California Standards Code, Title 24, Part 12 c. Additional Referenced Standards:

1. ANSI American National Standards Institute

2. IEEE Institute ofElectrical and Electronic Engineers

3. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association

4. NFPA National Fire Protection Association Standards

5. UL Underwriters Laboratories
d. Codes and ordinances having jurisdiction over Work are minimum requirements; but, if Contract Documents indicate requirements, which are in excess of those minimum requirements, then requirements of the Contract Documents shall be followed. Nothing in these drawings and specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to governing codes or regulations. Should there be any conflicts between Contract Documents or codes or any ordinances having jurisdiction, report these to the Owner’s Representative.
e. Obtain permits, and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260000-3

1.06 PROJECT AND SITE CONDITIONS
a. The arrangement of and connection to equipment shown on the Drawings is based upon information available and is not intended to show exact dimensions peculiar to a specific manufacturer. The Drawings are, in part, diagrammatic and some features ofthe illustrated equipment installations may require revision to meet actual equipment installation requirements. Structural supports, housekeeping pads, piping connections and adjacent equipment may have to be altered to accommodate the equipment provided. No additional payment will be made for such revisions or alterations. b. Examine all Drawings and Specifications to be fully cognizant of all work required under this Division. c. Examine site related work and surfaces before starting work of any Section. d. Install Work in locations shown on approved Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. e. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement ofWork to meet Project conditions, including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission from the Owner’s Representative before proceeding.

1.07 COOPERATION WITH WORK UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS
a. Cooperate with other trades to facilitate general progress ofWork. Allow all other trades every reasonable opportunity for installation of their work.
b. Work under this Division shall follow general building construction closely. Set pipe sleeves and inserts and verify that openings for chases and pipes are provided. c. Work with other trades in determining exact location of outlets, conduits, pipes, and pieces of equipment to avoid interference with lines required to maintain proper installation of Work. d. Make such progress in the Work to not delay work of other trades.

1.08 DISCREPANCIES
a. The contractor shall check all drawings furnished to him immediately upon their receipt and shall promptly notify the owner of any discrepancies. Figures marked on drawings shall in general be followed in preference to scale measurements. Large scale drawings in general govern small scale drawings. The contractor shall compare all drawings and verify the figures before laying out the work and will be responsible for any errors which might have been avoided thereby. Where no figures or notations are given, the plans shall be followed
b. Omissions from the Drawings or Specifications or the erroneous description of details of work which are manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the Drawings and Specifications, or which are customarily performed, shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted or erroneously described details ofthe work but they shall be performed as iffully and correctly set forth and described in the drawings and specifications.
c. If any part of the Specifications or Drawings appears unclear or contradictory, apply to Owner’s Representative for interpretation and decision as early as possible, including during bidding period. Do not proceed with such work without Owner Representatives decision. Beginning work of any Section constitutes acceptance of conditions.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260000-4

All changes shall be clearly indicated on the "Record" drawings.

1.10 SUBMITTALS
a. Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.
b. The manufacturer, contractor or supplier shall include a written statement that the submitted equipment, hardware or accessory complies with the requirement of that particular specification section. c. The manufacturer shall resubmit the specification section showing compliance with each respective paragraphs and specified items and features in that particular specification section. d. All exceptions shall be clearly identified by referencing respective paragraph and other requirements along with proposed alternative.
e. Note that prior to acceptance of submittals for review, a submittal schedule shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative.
f. Submit all Division 26 shop drawings and product data grouped and referenced by the specification technical section number in one complete submittal package. g. Shop Drawings:

1. Include installation details of equipment indicating proposed location, layout and arrangement, accessories, piping, and other items that must be shown to assure a coordinated installation.

2. Indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating equipment devices.

3. If equipment is rejected, revise drawings to show acceptable equipment and resubmit.

4. Whenever more than one (1) manufacturer’s product is specified, the first named product is the basis of design used in the Drawings and the use of alternate-named manufacturer’s products or substitutes may require modifications to the design.

5. The Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment ordered and/or installed prior to receipt of shop drawings returned from the Owner’s Representative bearing the Owner's Representative stamp of "Reviewed". All corrections or modifications to the equipment as noted on the shop drawings shall be performed and equipment removed from the job site at the request of the Owner’s Representative without additional compensation.

6. Manufacturer's Data: For each manufactured item, provide current manufacturer's descriptive literature of cataloged products, certified equipment drawings, diagrams, performance and characteristic curves if applicable, and catalog cuts.

7. Standard Compliance: When materials or equipment provided by the Contractor must conform to the standards oforganizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI) or UL, submit proofofsuch conformance to the Owner Representative for approval. Ifan organization uses a label or listing to indicate compliance with a particular standard, the label or listing will be acceptable evidence, unless otherwise specified. In lieu of the label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, which is competent to perform acceptance testing and is approved by the Owner Representative. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item conforms to the specified organization's standard.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260000-5

8. Certified Test Reports: Before delivery of materials and equipment, certified copies of all test reports specified in individual sections shall be submitted for approval.

9. Certificates of Compliance or Conformance: Submit manufacturer's certifications as required on products, materials, finish, and equipment indicated in the technical sections. Certifications shall be documents prepared specifically for this Contract. Pre-printed certifications and copies of previously submitted documents will not be acceptable. The manufacturer's certifications shall name the appropriate products, equipment, or materials and the publication specified as controlling the quality of that item. Certification shall not contain statements to imply that the item does not meet requirements specified, such as "as good as"; or "achieve the same end use and results as materials formulated in accordance with the referenced publications"; or "equal or exceed the service and performance of the specified material." Certifications shall simply state that the item conforms to the requirements specified. Certificates shall be printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and shall be signed by the manufacturer's official authorized to sign certificates of compliance or conformance.
h. The Contractor shall submit all passcodes and passwords for any hardware and software required for the operations and troubleshooting in all systems and components no less than fourteen (14) calendar days prior to Final Completion.

1.11 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
a. Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.

1. All changes, deviations and information recorded on the “Project Record Drawings” set during Construction shall be redrafted using the latest version of AutoCAD or Revit, where applicable.

2. Submit completed shop drawings to the Owner prior to completion in digital format.

3. Contractor hand-marked or drafted redlined “Project Record Drawings” will not be accepted.

1.12 PRODUCT ALTERNATIVES OR SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Refer to General Conditions and Division 01 for additional requirements.

1.13 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
a. Furnish approved operating instructions for systems and equipment indicated in the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel.

1.15 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
a. Refer to Division 01 for additional requirements.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260000-6
b. Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the requirements ofNFPA 70B P, Appendix I, titled "Equipment Storage and Maintenance During Construction." Replace damaged or defective items with new items.

1.16 GUARANTEE
a. Except as may be specified under other sections in the Specifications, guarantee all equipment furnished under the Specifications for a period of one year from date of project acceptance against defective workmanship and material and improper installation. Upon notification of failure, correct deficiency immediately and without cost to the Owner.
b. Standard warranty ofmanufacturer shall apply for replacement ofparts after expiration ofthe above period.

Manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts to the Owner for their service agency as directed.

PRODUCTS

2.01 COMPETITIVE PRODUCTS
a. Unless otherwise noted, any reference in the Specification to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form, or type of construction by name, make, or catalog number shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The Contractor may at his option propose substitutions for such material in accordance with the substitution procedure outlined in the Contract Documents.

2.02 MATERIALS
a. Provide all new materials and equipment, free from any defects, in first-class condition, and suitable for the space provided. Provide materials and equipment approved by UL authority having jurisdiction approved testing agency, wherever standards have been established by that agency. b. Where two or more units of the same class of material or equipment are required, provide products of a single manufacturer. Component parts ofunits or equipment need not be products ofthe same manufacturer. c. Unless otherwise indicated, provide materials and equipment which are the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such materials and equipment. Provide the manufacturers' latest standard design that conforms to these Specifications. d. Provide materials and equipment with manufacturers' standard finish system, except where otherwise specified. Provide manufacturers' standard finish color, except where specific color is indicated. If manufacturer has no standard color, finish equipment with ANSI Number 61, light gray color.

Environmental and Seismic Conditions: Material and Equipment shall be designed to insure satisfactory operation and operational life in the environmental and seismic conditions which will prevail where they are being installed. Electrical equipment and enclosures shall be designed, constructed and certified to withstand external loading conditions as prescribed by the California Building Code for the locations ofthe equipment. Supplied equipment shall either be shake table tested and certified or comprehensive seismic calculations shall be provided. All seismic calculations and structural drawings shall bear the seal of a Structural Professional Engineer currently licensed in the State of California. Earthquake design shall be based on the equivalent lateral force analysis procedure (ASCE 7-05 Section 12.8)
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260000-7

EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
a. Obtain and pay for all permits and inspections, including any independent testing required to verify standard compliance, and deliver certificates for same to the Owner’s Representative.

3.02 WORK RESPONSIBILITIES
a. The drawings indicate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangement of piping, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the work to secure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference with structural conditions. b. The Contractor is responsible for the correct placing of Work and the proper location and connection of Work in relation to the work ofother trades. Advise appropriate trade as to locations of access panels. c. In the event changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are necessary, due to developed conditions in the construction or rearrangement offurnishings or equipment, such changes shall be made without extra cost, providing the change is ordered before the conduit runs, etc. and work directly connected to same is installed and no extra materials are required.
d. Where equipment is furnished by others, verify dimensions and the correct locations of this equipment before proceeding with the roughing-in of connections.
e. All scaled and figured dimensions are approximate of typical equipment of the class indicated. Before proceeding with any work, carefully check and verify all dimensions, sizes, etc. with the drawings to see that the equipment will fit into the spaces provided without violation of applicable codes. f. Should any changes to the Work indicated on the Drawings or described in the Specifications be necessary in order to comply with the above requirements, notify the Owner immediately and cease work on all parts of the contract, which are affected until approval for any required modifications to the construction has been obtained from the Owner.
g. Be responsible for any cooperative work, which must be altered due to lack ofproper supervision or failure to make proper provisions in time. Such changes shall be under direction of the Owner and shall be made to his satisfaction. Perform all Work with competent and skilled personnel. h. The electrical drawings do not indicate all fittings, hardware, or appurtenances required for a complete operating installation.
i. Wiring diagrams are not intended to indicate the exact course of raceways. j. One-line and riser diagrams are only schematics and do not show physical arrangements of equipment. k. All workmanship, including aesthetic as well as electrical aspects of the Work, shall be of the highest quality consistent with the best practices of the trade. l. Replace or repair, without additional compensation, any Work, which, in the opinion of the Owner, does not comply with these requirements.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260000-8

3.03 CLEANING & PAINTING OF EQUIPMENT
a. Refer to Division 09 for additional requirements.
b. Factory Applied:

1. Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems, which shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA ICS 6 corrosion-resistance test, except equipment specified to meet requirements of ANSI C37.20 shall have a finish as specified in ANSI C37.20.

2. Refer to individual sections of this Division for more stringent requirements. c. Field Applied: Paint electrical equipment as required to touch up, to match finish on other equipment in adjacent spaces, or to meet safety criteria.
d. After installation, all metal finishes shall be polished and cleaned of all dirt, rust, cement, plaster, grease, and paint.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260519-1
SECTION 26 05 19 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less.

2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. b. Related Requirements:

1. Section 260533 “Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems"

2. Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

1.03 DEFINITIONS
a. ASTM: American Society ofTesting Materials.
b. ICEA: Insulated Cable Engineers Association.
c. IEEE: Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers. d. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association. e. NETA ATS: InterNational Electrical Testing Association - Acceptance Testing Specification. f. VFD: Variable frequency drive.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical data for each type of product, indicating conductor/cable construction, insulation material, thickness ofinsulation, jacket, cable stranding, and voltage rating ofeach type ofconductor/cable specified, splices and terminations. Indicate date and place ofmanufacture for each conductor/cable, cable, splice and termination.
b. Manufacturer’s ISO certification.
c. Product Cable Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Qualification Data: For Independent Testing Agency.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260519-2
b. Field quality-control reports. Perform field testing ofcables per para 3.8. Submit six (6) copies offield test reports to owner’s representative within two (2) weeks of completion oftest.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. General Requirements: The low voltage power conductors and cable shall be copper, minimum 600V rated unless otherwise indicated. Aluminum conductors and cables shall not be accepted unless otherwise indicated.
b. Materials and installation shall meet or exceed requirements in the following referenced standards and shall be listed and labelled by UL.

1. ICEA S-95-658/ NEMA WC 70.

2. UL 1072.

3. IEEE.

4. ASTM.

5. NEMA.
c. Conductors and cables shall be of the same manufacturer and shipped to the job site in original unbroken reels.
d. Conductors and cables shall be manufactured with in twelve (12) months of installation. Date of manufacture shall be clearly marked on conductors or conductor reels. e. Manufacturer shall have minimum ten (10) years experience in the manufacturer of conductors and cables similar to those specified on this project.
f. Manufacturer shall have ISO 9001 and ISO 9002 certification. g. All conductors and cables shall be new and supplied by a local distributor. h. If alternate manufacturer of products other than what are specified in this section are submitted, all necessary documents not limited to cut sheets, technical information, test reports from recognized testing labs and factory test reports shall be submitted to the satisfaction of the owner/engineer to ensure quality and conformance to the specifications. Additional testing shall be undertaken if it is concluded by the owner/engineer that the submitted test reports are either insufficient or do not include all tests necessary for product acceptance. The tests shall be conducted by a recognized lab acceptable to the owner/engineer and all tests shall be witnessed by owner’s/engineer’s personnel. All testing procedures and test results shall be satisfactory to the owner/engineer. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the tests, for transportation, food and lodging for minimum ofone owner’s/engineer’s representative to witness the test at the testing lab. Include all costs for the above in the bid. i. Testing: Provide the services of an independent qualified testing laboratory to perform the specified field tests. Notify the University's Representative fourteen (14) days in advance of performance of work requiring testing.
j. Conductors, cables, splices and terminations shall be manufactured within twelve (12) months of installation. Each item shall have a permanent marking on the product or the original manufacturers’ package indicating the date of manufacture unless otherwise noted. k. Testing Agency Qualifications:

1. Testing agency shall be an independent company; shall have been a member of NETA for a minimum of last ten (10) years and has permanent in-house testing engineers and technicians 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260519-3
involved with testing of low voltage electrical power conductors and cables similar to those specified on this project.

2. Testing company shall be located with 50 miles radius of the project.

3. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing.

4. Field Testing technician and supervisor shall have minimum ten (10) years’ experience in field testing of low voltage power conductors and cables of the type and rating similar to the conductors and cables to be tested on this project.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers:

1. General Cable Technologies Corporation.

2. Southwire Incorporated

3. Alpha Wire.

4. Belden Inc.

5. Encore Wire Corporation..
b. Conductor Material: Electrical grade, soft drawn annealed copper, 98 percent conductivity, and fabricated in accordance with ASTM and ICEA standards. Minimum size is number 12 for branch circuits, number 14 stranded for control wiring. Aluminum conductors are not permitted. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658.
c. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type XHHW-2.

2.02 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following manufacturers:

1. Ideal Industries, Inc.

2. Ilsco

3. NSi Industries LLC.

4. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation.

5. 3M; Electrical Markets Division.

6. TE Connectivity - Raychem.
b. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated.
c. Copper conductors shall be terminated in copper or bronze mechanical connectors or lugs or tool applied compression connections made of copper for all connections except those on wiring devices. d. Splices in wires No. 10 and smaller shall be made with twist-on splicing connector in accordance with UL486-C. Connections in wires No. 8 and larger shall be made with compression type connectors in accordance with UL486-A and wrapped with insulated tape in accordance with UL501. Insulating tape shall be applied in a minimum oftwo layers ofhalfwrap or built to match the overall insulation ofthe wire. e. Splices in underground pull boxes shall be made submersible type and made using “3M” Scotch-cast epoxy kits.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260519-4
f. Pressure type connectors are not permitted.

2.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
a. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: UL Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. b. Comply with NFPA 70.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
a. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. b. Branch Circuits: Copper. stranded.

3.02 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING

METHODS
a. Exposed Feeders: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. b. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway.
c. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway
d. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway. e. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway.
f. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type XHHW-2, single conductors in raceway
g. Cord Drops and Portable Appliance Connections: Type SO, hard service cord with stainless-steel, wiremesh, strain reliefdevice at terminations to suit application.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
a. All conductors and cables shall be installed in a raceway. b. Before installing conductors and cables in existing conduits, verify the continuity of each conduit; each surface conduit is properly supported per code and clear of any debris. c. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260519-5
d. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
e. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.
f. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members and follow surface contours where possible.
g. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."

3.04 CONNECTIONS
a. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values.

Ifmanufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. b. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors].

1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors. c. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack.

3.05 IDENTIFICATION
a. Each conductor shall be factory color coded by conductor manufacturer. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." b. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor and identify as spare conductor.

3.06 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS a. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling."

3.07 FIRESTOPPING
a. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations offire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fireresistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Perform tests and inspections.
b. Provide test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. c. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260519-6

1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance conductors, feeder conductors and conductors feeding the following critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements:
a. Transformers
b. IDF/BDF panels
c. Emergency power inverters

2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical tests stated in latest NETA Acceptance Testing Specification section 7.3.2 (Inspection and Test Procedures-Cables, Low Voltage-600V Maximum). Certify compliance with test parameters per NETA tables.

3. Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each splice in conductors No. 3 AWG and larger. Remove box and equipment covers so splices are accessible to portable scanner. Correct deficiencies determined during the scan.
a. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each splice 11 months after date of Substantial Completion.
b. Instrument: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device. c. Record of Infrared Scanning: Prepare a certified report that identifies splices checked and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
d. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:

1. Procedures used.

2. Results that comply with requirements. Include color scan images.

3. Results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements.
e. Cables will be considered defective ifthey do not pass tests and inspections.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260526-1
SECTION 26 05 26 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes: Grounding systems and equipment.
b. Section includes grounding systems and equipment, plus the following special applications:

1. Underground distribution grounding.

1.03 Definitions:
a. NETA ATS: InterNational Electrical Testing Association - Acceptance Testing Specification. b. NETA MTS: InterNational Electrical Testing Association - Maintenance Testing Specification. c. NFPA : National Fire Protection Association.
d. IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical catalog cuts for each type of product indicated. b. Shop Drawings: Site drawings to scale including details showing location and size ofeach field connection of grounding system.

1. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer installed and field installed wiring.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Informational Submittals: Plans drawn to scale (1/4”=1’-0”) showing dimensioned locations ofgrounding features specified in "Field Quality Control" Article, including the following:

1. Ground rods.

2. Grounding conductors, connectors.

3. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. b. Qualification Data: For qualified independent testing agency and testing agency's field supervisor. c. Field quality-control reports. Submit written test reports including the following:

1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260526-2

3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.

1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
a. Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01Operation and Maintenance Data include the following:

1. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells grounding connections for separately derived systems based on NETA MTS. i. Tests shall determine if ground-resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions shall recommend corrective action if values do not. ii. Include recommended testing intervals.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Testing Agency Qualifications:

2. Testing company shall be located with 50 miles radius of the project.

3. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing.

4. Field Testing technician and supervisor shall have minimum ten (10) years’ experience in field testing ofrounding systems ofthe type and rating similar to the systems to be tested on this project. b. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. c. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

Part 2.PRODUCTS

2.01 GROUNDING ELECTRODES, CONDUCTORS, CONNECTOR, BUS:
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following, or equal:

1. Grounding Connectors, Bars and Rods:
i. Erico - Pentair Electrical Fastening Solutions
ii. Burndy – A Hubbell Company.
iii. Ideal Industries, Inc.
iv. O-Z/Gedney Co. - A brand ofEmerson Industrial Automation. v. Thomas & Betts - A Member of the ABB Group.

2. Grounding Conductors and cables:
i. Southwire
ii. American Insulated Wire
iii. Okonite
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260526-3

2.02 CONDUCTORS
a. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.
b. Bare Copper Conductors:

1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3.

2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8.

3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33.

4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter.

5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor.

6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.

7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.

2.03 CONNECTORS
a. Listed and labeled by UL for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.
b. Bolted Connectors for Conductors, Rods and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, pressure type with at least two bolts.

1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe.
c. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions.
d. Bus-bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression-type wire terminals, and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bus bar.

2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODES
a. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 feet (19 mm by 3 m) in diameter. b. Chemical-Enhanced Grounding Electrodes: Copper tube, straight or L-shaped, charged with

1. Termination: Factory-attached No. 4/0 AWG bare conductor at least 48 inches (1200 mm) long.

2. Backfill Material: Electrode manufacturer's recommended material.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATIONS
a. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated.
b. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned-copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum.

1. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade.

2. Duct-Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inches (300 mm) above duct bank when indicated as part of duct-bank installation.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260526-4
c. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. d. Grounding Bus: Install in electrical and telephone equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment or IT rooms, and elsewhere as indicated.

1. Install bus on insulated spacers 2 inches (50 mm) minimum from wall, 6 inches (150 mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated.

2. Where indicated on both sides ofdoorways, route bus up to top of door frame, across top ofdoorway, and down to specified height above floor; connect to horizontal bus. e. Conductor Terminations and Connections:

1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.

2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated.

3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors.

4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors.

3.02 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS a. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements.
b. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches (100 mm) will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping ofpressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inches (50 mm) above to 6 inches (150 mm) below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout.

3.03 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
a. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits in the same conduit containing phase and neutral conductors. Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated.
b. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70. :

1. Feeders and branch circuits.

2. Lighting circuits.

3. Receptacle circuits.

4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.

5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.

6. Flexible raceway runs.

7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs.

8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway.

9. Computer and Rack-Mounted Electronic Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from equipment-area power panels and powerdistribution units. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260526-5
c. Signal and Communication Equipment: In addition to grounding and bonding required by NFPA 70, provide a separate grounding system complying with requirements in TIA/ATIS J-STD-607-A.

1. For telephone, alarm, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location.

2. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate grounding conductor on a 1/4-by-4-by-12-inch (6.3-by-100-by-300-mm) grounding bus.

3. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal.

4. All metallic conduits and cable tray shall be continuously bonded to maintain low resistance ground path and bonded back to the central equipment by the use of bonding jumpers where needed. d. Metallic Fences or Other Metal Structures: Comply with requirements of IEEE C2. Bond metallic fences and other metal structures located within 8 feet (2.5 m) vertically or 16 feet (5 m) horizontally of exposed conductors or equipment.

1. Grounding Conductor: Bare, tinned-copper, not less than No. 8 AWG.

2. Gates: Shall be bonded to the gate support post with a flexible bonding jumper. Bond each gate support post to the grounding electrode system in the area.

3. Provide bond across fence openings with 2 AWG bonding jumper buried 18 inches (460 mm) minimum below finished grade. Extend local grounding electrode system to cover swing of gates.

4. Barbed Wire: Strands shall be bonded to the grounding conductor.

3.04 INSTALLATION
a. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
b. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade using exothermic welds, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating ifany.

2. For grounding electrode system, install ground rods at least three rods (unless otherwise indicated on the drawings), spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. c. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit.

1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts.

2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.

3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp.
d. Grounding and Bonding for Piping:

1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug-type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange.

Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260526-6

2. Separately Derived System (SDS): All multiple branch metal water piping laterals originating from outside the area being served by the SDS and which serve the same area being served by the SDS shall be bonded to the common grounding electrode (GE) or the common grounding electrode conductor (GEC). The bonding connection shall be made at each level that the metal water piping serves. When multiple SDS’s are installed or an SDS serves multiple levels of a structure, a copper common GEC shall be installed for the SDS as permitted in NFPA 70 article 250.30 (D)3 and sized per article 250.30 (A) and (B).

3. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters.

Connect to pipe with a bolted connector.

4. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoffvalve. e. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors ofassociated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity.
f. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install a driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 feet (18 m) apart. g. Ufer Ground (Concrete-Encased Grounding Electrode): Fabricate according to NFPA 70; use a minimum of 20 feet (6 m) of bare copper conductor not smaller than No. 4 AWG.

1. If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet (6 m) long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation.

2. Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building's grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete.

3.05 LABELING
a. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for instruction signs.

The label or its text shall be green.
b. Install labels at the telecommunications bonding conductor and grounding equalizer and at the grounding electrode conductor where exposed.

1. Label Text: "If this connector or cable is loose or if it must be removed for any reason, notify the facility manager."

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Testing Agency: Engage an independent qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. Refer to section
b. Tests and Inspections:

1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260526-7
i. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. ii. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81.

4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground-rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to the record of tests and observations. Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results.
c. Grounding system will be considered defective ifit does not pass tests and inspections. d. Prepare test and inspection reports.
e. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:

1. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms.

2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms.

3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms.

4. Power Distribution Units or Panelboards Serving Electronic Equipment: 3 ohm(s). f. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260529-1
SECTION 26 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. b. Section 260548 – Electrical Equipment Noise And Vibration Control, Seismic Restraint

1.02 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes the following:

1. Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems.

2. Construction requirements for concrete bases.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
a. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
b. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.
c. RMC: Rigid metal conduit.

1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Delegated Design: Design supports for multiple raceways, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. b. Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems and its contents.
c. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components.
d. Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed for this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor offive times the applied force. e. Coordinate with seismic and vibration requirements: Section 260548.

1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For the following:

1. Steel slotted support systems.

2. Nonmetallic slotted support systems.
b. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following:

1. Trapeze hangers. Include Product Data for components. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260529-2

2. Steel slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components.

3. Nonmetallic slotted channel systems. Include Product Data for components.

4. Equipment supports.

1.06 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Welding certificates.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
b. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.08 COORDINATION
a. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified together with concrete Specifications. b. Coordinate installation ofroofcurbs, equipment supports, and roofpenetrations. These items are specified in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories."
Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
a. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-4, factory-fabricated components for field assembly.

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
i. Allied Tube & Conduit: Part of Atkore International
ii. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Eaton Inc.
iii. ERICO International Corporation.
iv. GS Metals Corp.
v. Thomas & Betts Corporation: A Member of the ABB Group. vi. Unistrut; Part ofAtkore International,
vii. Wesanco, Inc.

3. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4.

4. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating applied according to MFMA-4.

5. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-4.

6. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria. b. Nonmetallic Slotted Support Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass-fiber-resin channels and angles with 9/16-inch-diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c., in at least 1 surface.

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
i. Allied Tube & Conduit: a part of Atkore , International. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260529-3
ii. B-Line, Inc.; an Eaton Business.
iii. Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited.
iv. Seasafe, Inc.

3. Fittings and Accessories: Products of channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items.

4. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles.

5. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria. c. Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1 and NECA 101. d. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.
e. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.
f. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
g. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following:

1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
i. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
ii. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1) Hilti Inc.
2) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 3) MKT Fastening, LLC.
4) Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit.

2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used.
i. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
ii. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1) Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2) Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.
3) Hilti Inc.
4) ITW Ramset/Red Head; a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. 5) MKT Fastening, LLC.

3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58.

4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element.

5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325.

6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260529-4

7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.

2.02 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
a. Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment.
b. Materials: Comply with requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATION
a. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application ofhangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. b. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by scheduled in NECA 1, where its Table 1 lists maximum spacings less than stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. c. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits.

1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps.

3.02 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
a. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. b. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. c. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code:

1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.

2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.

3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units.

4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.

5. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69.

6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.

7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements.
d. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260529-5

3.03 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
a. Comply with installation requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for site-fabricated metal supports.
b. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
c. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
d. Coordinate with Structural.

3.04 CONCRETE BASES
a. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge ofthe base. b. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 03 Concrete.
c. Anchor equipment to concrete base.

1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.

3.05 PAINTING
a. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 Painting for cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal. b. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260533-1
SECTION 26 05 33 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings.

2. Nonmetal conduits, tubing, and fittings.

3. Metal wireways and auxiliary gutters.

4. Nonmetal wireways and auxiliary gutters.

5. Surface raceways.

6. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets.

7. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground cabling. b. Related Requirements:

1. Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for exterior ductbanks, manholes, and underground utility construction.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
a. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.
b. IMC: Intermediate metal conduit.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets.
b. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Coordination Drawings: Conduit routing plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of items involved:

1. Structural members in paths ofconduit groups with common supports.

2. HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in paths ofconduit groups with common supports. b. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260533-2
c. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosures, cabinets, and conduit racks and their mounting provisions, including those for internal components, from manufacturer.

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test ofassembled components or on calculation.

2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

4. Detailed description of conduit support devices and interconnections on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.
d. Source quality-control reports.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 METAL CONDUITS, TUBING, AND FITTINGS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, products by the following:

1. Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co.

2. O-Z/Gedney; a brand of EGS Electrical Group.

3. Robroy Industries.

4. Southwire Company.

5. Thomas & Betts Corporation.

6. Western Tube and Conduit Corporation.

7. Wheatland Tube Company; a division of John Maneely Company. b. Listing and Labeling: Metal conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. c. GRC: Comply with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6.
d. IMC: Comply with ANSI C80.6 and UL 1242.
e. EMT: Comply with ANSI C80.3 and UL 797.
f. FMC: Comply with UL 1; zinc-coated steel.
g. LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket and complying with UL 360. h. Fittings for Metal Conduit: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 514B.

1. Fittings for EMT:

Material: Steel.

Type: SET-SCREW.

2. Expansion Fittings: PVC or steel to match conduit type, complying with UL 651, rated for environmental conditions where installed, and including flexible external bonding jumper.

3. Coating for Fittings for PVC-Coated Conduit: Minimum thickness of0.040 inch, with overlapping sleeves protecting threaded joints.
i. Joint Compound for IMC, GRC, or ARC: Approved, as defined in NFPA 70, by authorities having jurisdiction for use in conduit assemblies, and compounded for use to lubricate and protect threaded conduit joints from corrosion and to enhance their conductivity. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260533-3

2.02 NONMETALLIC CONDUITS AND FITTINGS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc.

2. RACO; a Hubbell company.

3. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
b. Listing and Labeling: Nonmetallic conduits, tubing, and fittings shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. c. RNC: Type EPC-40-PVCcomplying with NEMA TC 2 and UL 651 unless otherwise indicated. d. Fittings for RNC: Comply with NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material.

2.03 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products the following:

1. Cooper B-Line, Inc.

2. Hoffman; a Pentair company.

3. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.
b. Description: Sheet metal, complying with UL 870 and NEMA 250, Type 1 unless otherwise indicated, and sized according to NFPA 70.

1. Metal wireways installed outdoors shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. c. Fittings and Accessories: Include covers, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. d. Wireway Covers: Hinged type unless otherwise indicated. e. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish.

2.04 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

1. Cooper Technologies Company; Cooper Crouse-Hinds.

2. EGS/Appleton Electric.

3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company.

4. FSR Inc.

5. Hoffman; a Pentair company.

6. Hubbell Incorporated; Killark Division.

7. Mono-Systems, Inc.

8. O-Z/Gedney; a brand ofEGS Electrical Group.

9. RACO; a Hubbell Company.

10. Thomas & Betts Corporation.

11. Wiremold / Legrand.
b. General Requirements for Boxes, Enclosures, and Cabinets: Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets installed in wet locations shall be stainless steel and listed for use in wet locations. c. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1 and UL 514A. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260533-4
d. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy Type FD, with gasketed cover.
e. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2 and UL 514C. f. Metal Floor Boxes:

1. Material: Cast metal.

2. Type: Fully adjustable.

3. Shape: Rectangular.

4. Listing and Labeling: Metal floor boxes shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. g. Luminaire Outlet Boxes: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of luminaire weighing 50 lb. Outlet boxes designed for attachment of luminaires weighing more than 50 lb shall be listed and marked for the maximum allowable weight.
h. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. i. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1 and UL 1773, cast aluminum with gasketed cover.
j. Box extensions used to accommodate new building finishes shall be of same material as recessed box. k. Device Box Dimensions: 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches deep. l. Gangable boxes not allowed.
m. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: Comply with UL 50 and NEMA 250, Type 1 with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch unless otherwise indicated.

1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.

2. Interior Panels: Steel; all sides finished with manufacturer's standard enamel. n. Cabinets:

1. NEMA 250, Type 1 or Type 3R stainless-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.

2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge.

3. Key latch to match panelboards.

4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage.

5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment.

6. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION
a. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:

1. GRC.

2. Underground Conduit: See section 260543.

3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment and Motors (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC – 2ft max.

4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA Type 3R stainless steel. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260533-5
b. Indoors: Apply raceway products as specified below unless otherwise indicated:

1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: IMC or GRC.

2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: IMC or GRC.

3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: GRC. Raceway locations include the following:

Loading dock.

Vehicle service areas
Corridors used for traffic ofmechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units.

Mechanical rooms.

4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT.

5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment and Motors (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC, 3ft max.

6. Damp or Wet Locations: GRC

7. Chemical and vehicle washing environments: pvc coated GRC.

8. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4 stainless steel in damp or wet locations.
c. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size.
d. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.

1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.

2. PVC Externally Coated, Rigid Steel Conduits: Use only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch and seal all joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and fittings. Use sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer.

3. EMT: Use comrpession steel fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.

4. Flexible Conduit: Use only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20.
e. Install nonferrous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 Hz. f. Do not install aluminum conduits, boxes, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. g. Install surface raceways only where indicated on Drawings. h. Do not install nonmetallic conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 120 deg F

3.02 INSTALLATION
a. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except where requirements on Drawings or in this article are stricter. Comply with NECA 102 for aluminum conduits. Comply with NFPA 70 limitations for types of raceways allowed in specific occupancies and number offloors. b. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
c. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. d. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for hangers and supports.
e. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions ofbends are not visible above finished slab. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260533-6
f. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except for control wiring conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. Support within 12 inches of changes in direction. g. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines.
h. Support conduit within 12 inches ofenclosures to which attached. i. Raceways Embedded in Slabs:

1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. Secure raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10-foot intervals.

2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings.

3. Arrange raceways to keep a minimum of 1 inch ofconcrete cover in all directions.

4. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless specifically approved by Architect for each specific location.

5. Change from RNC to GRC before rising above floor.
j. Stub-ups to Above Recessed Ceilings:

1. Use EMT, IMC, or RMC for raceways.

2. Use a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub-ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure.
k. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound to threads ofraceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's written instructions.
l. Coat field-cut threads on PVC-coated raceway with a corrosion-preventing conductive compound prior to assembly.
m. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. n. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside ofboxes or cabinets.

Install bushings on conduits up to 1-1/4-inch trade size and insulated throat metal bushings on 1-1/2-inch trade size and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service conduits.
o. Install raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures with locknuts. Install locknuts hand tight plus 1/4 turn more.
p. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to assure a continuous ground path. q. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits 2-inch trade size and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular to the length.
r. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. Cap underground raceways designated as spare above grade alongside raceways in use. s. Surface Raceways:

1. Install surface raceway with a minimum 2-inchradius control at bend points. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260533-7

2. Secure surface raceway with screws or other anchor-type devices at intervals not exceeding 48 inches and with no less than two supports per straight raceway section. Support surface raceway according to manufacturer's written instructions. Tape and glue are not acceptable support methods. t. Install raceway sealing fittings at accessible locations according to NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings according to NFPA 70.
u. Install devices to seal raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal the interior of all raceways at the following points:

1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces.

2. Where an underground service raceway enters a building or structure.

3. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
v. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for solvent welding RNC and fittings. w. Expansion-Joint Fittings:

1. Install in each run of aboveground RNC that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install in each run of aboveground RMC and EMT conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that has straight-run length that exceeds 100 feet.

2. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for each of the following locations:

Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change.

Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change.

Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change.

3. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits.

4. Install expansion fittings at all locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints.

5. Install each expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement.
x. Flexible Conduit Connections: Comply with NEMA RV 3. Use a maximum of 24 inches of flexible conduit for recessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors.

1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.

2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. y. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. Ifmounting heights of boxes are notindividually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated.
z. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center ofcell ofmasonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box. aa. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls, so they are not in the same vertical channel. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260533-8
bb. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. cc. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for the purpose. dd. Fasten junction and pull boxes to or support from building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. ee. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. ff. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface.

3.03 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS a. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations ofexterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling."

3.04 FIRESTOPPING
a. Install firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. Comply with code requirements.

3.05 PROTECTION
a. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration.

1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer.

2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-1
SECTION 26 05 43 - UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Part 1. GENERAL

RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY
a. This Section includes the following:

1. Conduit, ducts, and duct accessories for direct-buried and concrete-encased duct bank(s)

2. Handholes and boxes.

3. Manholes.
b. Related Requirements:

1. Section 260526 “Grounding and Bonding ofElectrical Systems”.

DEFINITION
a. RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit.
b. PVC coated GRS: PVC coated Galvanized rigid steel conduit c. PVC: Poly Vinyl Chloride
d. NETA: InterNational Testing Association

ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For the following:

1. Duct-bank materials, including separators and miscellaneous components.

2. Ducts and conduits and their accessories, including elbows, end bells, bends, fittings, and solvent cement.

3. Accessories for manholes, handholes, boxes, and other utility structures.

4. Warning tape.

5. Warning planks.

6. Pull ropes.

7. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.

8. Grounding details.
b. Shop Drawings for Factory-Fabricated Manholes, Handholes and Boxes Other Than Precast Concrete:

Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations, and fabrication and installation details, including the following:

1. Duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes.

2. Cover design. Include details offactory engraved markings as specified.

3. Grounding details.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-2

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency. b. Source quality-control test reports.
c. Field quality-control test reports.

QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. b. Comply with ANSI C2.
c. Comply with NFPA 70.
d. Each conduit shall bear manufacturer’s trademark and UL label. Conduits and fittings shall be of a single manufacturer. Not accepted:

1. Multiple manufactures for the same material

2. RUS certification or statement there-offor equivalency to UL. e. Comply with California Electric Code (CEC).

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Deliver ducts to project site with ends capped. Store nonmetallic ducts with supports to prevent bending, warping, and deforming.
b. Deliver precast concrete manholes, handholes and other underground utility structures when the site is ready for installation. Store precast concrete and other factory-fabricated underground utility structures at project site (if necessary) as recommended by manufacturer to prevent physical damage. Arrange so identification markings are visible.
c. Lift and support precast concrete units only at designated lifting or supporting points.

PROJECT CONDITIONS
a. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Architect, Construction, Manager Owner no fewer than fourteen (14) days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service.

2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission.

COORDINATION
a. Coordinate layout and installation ofducts, manholes, handholes, and boxes with final arrangement ofother utilities, site grading, and surface features as determined in the field. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-3
b. Coordinate elevations of ducts and duct-bank entrances into manholes, handholes, and boxes with final locations and profiles of ducts and duct banks as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground obstructions, and surface features. Revise locations and elevations from those indicated as required to suit field conditions and to ensure that duct runs drain to manholes and handholes, and as approved by Architect.
c. Coordinate with civil trades on drainage. Drainage pathways shall be directed away from buildings and connection points.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

CONDUIT
a. Plastic-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit: Galvanized. Comply with ANSI C80.1. Plastic-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings: Rigid steel conduit and fittings with an extruded polyvinyl chloride jacket, minimum 40 mils. The jacket shall have high tensile strength, shall be highly resistant to corrosion and shall not oxidize or deteriorate or shrink when exposed to sunlight and weather. The jacket shall be flame retardant and shall not support combustion. The interior of the conduit shall have a urethane coating, minimum 2 mils.
b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Rob Roy

2. Allied Tube and Conduit

3. Republic Conduit

4. Western Tube
c. RNC: Heavy wall design; NEMA TC 2, EPC-80-PVC, UL 651, with matching fittings by same manufacturer as the conduit, complying with NEMA TC 3 and UL 514B. Make all fittings watertight with solvent-weld recommended by the conduit manufacturer and specifically manufactured for the purpose. d. The following are not accepted:

1. Foam Core RNC

2. RUS listed

3. Split Cut RNC
e. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Cantex, Inc.

2. Thomas & Betts-Carlon

3. Lamson & Sessions -Carlon Division

4. JM Eagle

5. Allied Tube and Conduit

NONMETALLIC DUCTS AND DUCT ACCESSORIES
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Allied Tube and Conduit

2. Cantex, Inc.

3. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
b. Duct Accessories:

1. Duct Separators: Factory-fabricated rigid PVC interlocking spacers, sized for type and sizes of ducts with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacings indicated while supporting ducts during concreting or backfilling.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-4

2. Warning Tape: Underground-line warning tape specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

3. Concrete Warning Planks: Nominal 12 by 24 by 3 inches in size, manufactured from 6000-psi concrete.
i. Color: Red dye added to concrete during batching.
ii. Mark each plank with "ELECTRIC" in 2-inch- high, 3/8-inch- deep letters. c. The following are not accepted:

1. Foam Core RNC

2. RUS listed

3. Split Cut RNC

PRECAST CONCRETE HANDHOLES AND BOXES
a. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
b. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Christy Concrete Products.

2. Oldcastle Precast Group.

3. Jensen Precast
c. Comply with ASTM C 858 for design and manufacturing processes. d. Description: Factory-fabricated, reinforced-concrete, monolithically poured walls and bottom unless openbottom enclosures are indicated. Frame and cover shall form top of enclosure and shall have traffic load rating consistent with that of handhole or box.

1. Frame and Cover: Weatherproof steel frame, with steel cover with recessed cover hook eyes and tamper-resistant, captive, cover-securing bolts.

2. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish shall have a minimum coefficient offriction of 0.50.

3. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, “LIGHTING”, "ELECTRIC." "TELEPHONE." “GROUNDING” As indicated for each service.

4. Configuration: Units shall be designed for flush burial and have open bottom handholes, closed bottom vaults, unless otherwise indicated.

5. Extensions and Slabs: Designed to mate with bottom of enclosure. Same material as enclosure. i. Extension shall provide increased depth of 12 inches. ii. Slab: Same dimensions as bottom ofenclosure, and arranged to provide closure.

6. Windows: Precast openings in walls, arranged to match dimensions and elevations of approaching ducts and duct banks plus an additional 12 inches vertically and horizontally to accommodate alignment variations.
i. Windows shall be located no less than 6 inches from interior surfaces of walls, floors, or frames and covers of handholes, but close enough to corners to facilitate racking of cables on walls.
ii. Window opening shall have cast-in-place, welded wire fabric reinforcement for field cutting and bending to tie in to concrete envelopes of duct banks. iii. Window openings shall be framed with at least two additional No. 4 steel reinforcing bars in concrete around each opening.

7. Handholes 12 inches wide by 24 inches long and larger shall have inserts for cable racks and pullingin irons installed before concrete is poured. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-5

SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
a. Test and inspect precast concrete utility structures according to ASTM C 1037.

Part 3. EXECUTION

UNDERGROUND DUCT APPLICATION
a. All vehicular traffic areas including driveways, vehicle yards, and streets - Ducts for Electrical Feeders, branch circuits 600 V and Less, Telephone, Communications, or Data Utility Service Cables: RNC, NEMA Type EPC-80-PVC, in concrete-encased duct bank, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-vehicular traffic areas only - Ducts for Electrical Feeders, branch circuits 600 V and Less, Telephone, Communications, or Data Utility Service Cables: RNC, NEMA Type EPC-40-PVC or EPC-80-PVC, in direct-buried duct bank, unless otherwise indicated.
c. Bored Underground Duct: Type EPEC-80-HDPE unless otherwise indicated. Non-vehicular traffic areas only.
d. Handholes and Boxes for 600 V and Less, Including Telephone, Communications, and Data Wiring (coordinate with Divisions 27 and 28):

1. Units in Roadways and Other Deliberate Traffic Paths: Precast concrete. AASHTO HB 17, H-20 structural load rating.

2. Units in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off-Roadway Locations, Subject to Occasional, Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy Vehicles: Precast concrete, AASHTO HB 17, H-20 structural load rating.

3. Units in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with a Safety Factor for Nondeliberate Loading by Vehicles: Precast concrete, AASHTO HB 17, H-10 structural load rating.

4. Units Subject to Light-Duty Pedestrian Traffic Only: Fiberglass-reinforced polyester resin, structurally tested according to SCTE 77 with 3000-lbf vertical loading.

EARTHWORK
a. Excavation and Backfill: Comply with Div 31 but do not use heavy-duty, hydraulic-operated, compaction equipment.
b. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation and reestablish original grades, unless otherwise indicated. Replace removed sod immediately after backfilling is completed. c. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing ofdirt, cable laying, and other work. Restore vegetation and include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and mulching. Comply with Div 32 on turf, grasses, and plantings.
d. Cut and patch existing pavement in the path of underground ducts and utility structures according to Division 01 cutting and patching.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-6

DUCT INSTALLATION
a. Slope: Pitch ducts a minimum slope of 1:300 down toward manholes and handholes and away from buildings and equipment. Slope ducts from a high point in runs between two manholes to drain in both directions.
b. Curves and Bends: Use 5-degree angle couplings for small changes in direction. Use manufactured long sweep bends with a minimum radius of48 inches, both horizontally and vertically, at other locations, unless otherwise indicated.
c. Joints: Use solvent-cemented joints in ducts and fittings and make watertight according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent ducts do not lie in same plane. d. Duct Entrances to Manholes and Concrete and Polymer Concrete Handholes: Use end bells, spaced approximately 10 inches o.c. for 5-inch ducts, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes.

1. Begin change from regular spacing to end-bell spacing 10 feet from the end bell without reducing duct line slope and without forming a trap in the line.

2. Direct-Buried Duct Banks: Install an expansion and deflection fitting in each conduit in the area of disturbed earth adjacent to manhole or handhole.

3. Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. e. Building Wall Penetrations: Make a transition from underground duct to rigid PVC coated steel conduit at least 10 feet outside the building wall without reducing duct line slope away from the building, and without forming a trap in the line. Use fittings manufactured for duct-to-conduit transition. Install conduit penetrations of building walls as specified in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling."
f. Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of ducts that have cables pulled. Seal spare ducts at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15-psig hydrostatic pressure. g. Pulling Cord: Install minimum 1/8 inch thick test nylon cord with minimum 250 pounds per foot tensile strength in ducts, including spares.
h. Concrete-Encased Ducts: Support ducts on duct separators.

1. Separator Installation: Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts, with not less than 5 spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Stagger separators approximately 6 inches between tiers. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps; do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups.

2. Concreting Sequence: Pour each run of envelope between manholes or other terminations in one continuous operation.
i. Start at one end and finish at the other, allowing for expansion and contraction of ducts as their temperature changes during and after the pour. Use expansion fittings installed according to manufacturer's written recommendations, or use other specific measures to prevent expansion-contraction damage.
ii. If more than one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a vertical plane and install 3/4- inch reinforcing rod dowels extending 18 inches into concrete on both sides of joint near corners of envelope.

3. Pouring Concrete: Spade concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and between conduits and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not allow a heavy mass of concrete to fall directly onto ducts. Use a plank to direct concrete down sides of bank assembly to trench bottom. Allow concrete to flow to center of bank and rise up in middle, uniformly filling all open spaces. Do not use power-driven agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct-bank application. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-7

4. Encase all feeder ducts in a 3 inch concrete envelope. Extend envelope with 3 inches beyond all external surfaces of all outer most ducts. Do not over pour the concrete.

5. Concrete encasement shall be minimum 3000 psi. All underground ducts containing MV and HV cables (above 600V) shall be encased in red concrete. Concrete shall be premixed during batching with 1-1/2 lbs of red ocher dye per sack of cement.

6. Reinforcement: Reinforce concrete-encased duct banks where they cross disturbed earth and where indicated. Arrange reinforcing rods and ties without forming conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups.

7. Forms: Use walls oftrench to form side walls ofduct bank where soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions; otherwise, use forms.

8. Minimum Space between Ducts: 3 inches between ducts and exterior envelope wall, and 12 inches (300 mm) between power and signal ducts.

9. Depth: Install top of duct bank at least 24 inches below finished grade in areas not subject to deliberate traffic, and at least 30 inches below finished grade in deliberate traffic paths for vehicles, unless otherwise indicated. Minimum depth below grade in all areas shall be 36 inches (900 mm) for underground ducts containing MV and HV ducts.

10. Stub-Ups: Use manufactured PVC coated rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at equipment and at building entrances through the floor.
i. Couple PVC coated steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete.
ii. Stub-Ups to Equipment: For equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of60 inches from edge ofbase. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment.

11. Warning Tape: Bury warning tape approximately 12 inches below grade above all concrete-encased ducts and duct banks. Align tape parallel to and within 3 inches of the centerline of duct bank.

Provide an additional warning tape for each 12-inch increment of duct-bank width over a nominal 18 inches. Space additional tapes 12 inches apart, horizontally. i. Direct-Buried Duct Banks:

1. Support ducts on duct separators coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and outdoor temperature.

2. Space separators close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of ducts, with not less than 5 spacers per 20 feet of duct. Secure separators to earth and to ducts to prevent displacement during backfill and yet permit linear duct movement due to expansion and contraction as temperature changes. Stagger spacers approximately 6 inches between tiers.

3. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for duct bank. Prepare trench bottoms as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for pipes less than 6 inches in nominal diameter.

4. Install backfill as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

5. After installing first tier ofducts, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point and work toward end of duct run, leaving ducts at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Repeat procedure after placing each tier. After placing last tier, handplace backfill to 4 inches over ducts and hand tamp. Firmly tamp backfill around ducts to provide maximum supporting strength. Use hand tamper only. After placing controlled backfill over final tier, make final duct connections at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

6. Install ducts with a minimum of 3 inches between ducts for like services and 12 inches (300 mm) between power and signal ducts.

7. Depth: Install top of duct bank at least 36 inches below finished grade, unless otherwise indicated.

8. Set elevation of bottom ofduct bank below the frost line.

9. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-ups at equipment and at building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub-up ducts throughout the length of the elbow.

10. Install manufactured PVC coated rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at building entrances through the floor.
i. Couple PVC coated steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-8
ii. For equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend PVC coated steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of equipment pad or foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment.

11. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above direct-buried ducts and duct banks, placing them 24 inches o.c. Align planks along the width and along the centerline of duct bank. Provide an additional plank for each 12-inch increment of duct-bank width over a nominal 18 inches. Space additional planks 12 inches apart, horizontally.

INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE MANHOLES, HANDHOLES, AND BOXES a. Precast Concrete Handhole and Manhole Installation:

1. Comply with ASTM C 891, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Install units level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting ducts to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances.

3. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on a level bed of 12 inches thick crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1-inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth.
b. Elevations:

1. Install handholes with bottom below the frost line.

2. Handhole Covers: In paved areas and trafficways, set surface flush with finished grade. Set covers of other handholes 1 inch above finished grade.

3. Where indicated, cast handhole cover frame integrally with handhole structure. c. Drainage: Install drains in bottom of manholes where indicated. Coordinate with drainage provisions indicated.
d. Hardware: Install removable hardware, including pulling eyes, cable stanchions, cable arms, and insulators, as required for installation and support of cables and conductors and as indicated. e. Field-Installed Bolting Anchors in Manholes and Concrete Handholes: Do not drill deeper than 3-7/8 inches for manholes and 2 inches for handholes, for anchor bolts installed in the field. Use a minimum of two anchors for each cable stanchion.

GROUNDING
a. Ground underground ducts and utility structures according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. During construction, partially completed duct lines shall be protected from the entrance of debris such as mud, sand and dirt by means of suitable conduit plugs. As each section of a duct line is completed from manhole to vault, a testing mandrel not less than 12 inches long with a diameter 1/4-inch less than the size ofthe duct, shall be drawn through each duct, after which a brush having the diameter ofthe duct, and have stiffbristles shall be drawn through until the conduit is clear ofall particles ofearth, sand, gravel and other foreign materials. Conduit plugs shall then be immediately installed. Underground conduits, which terminate inside the building below grade, or which slope so that water might flow into building, shall be sealed at termination after installation of wires.
b. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260543-9

1. Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of installation of underground ducts and utility structures.

2. Pull aluminum or wood test mandrel through duct to prove joint integrity and test for out-of-round duct. Provide mandrel equal to 80 percent fill of duct. If obstructions are indicated, remove obstructions and retest.

3. Test manhole and handhole grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding connections. Measure and report ground resistance as specified in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
c. Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance.

CLEANING
a. Pull leather-washer-type duct cleaner, with graduated washer sizes, through full length of ducts. Follow with rubber duct swab for final cleaning and to assist in spreading lubricant throughout ducts. b. Clean internal surfaces ofmanholes, including sump. Remove foreign material.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation AND CABLING
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260544-1
SECTION 26 05 44 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS AND CABLING Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Sleeves for raceway and cable penetration of non-fire-rated construction walls and floors.

2. Sleeve-seal systems.

3. Sleeve-seal fittings.

4. Grout.

5. Silicone sealants.
b. Related Requirements:

1. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for penetration firestopping installed in fire-resistancerated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers, with and without penetrating items.

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type of product.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 SLEEVES
a. Wall Sleeves:

1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, plain ends.

2. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. b. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies: Galvanized-steel sheet;

0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint, with tabs for screw-fastening the sleeve to the board.
c. Molded-PVC Sleeves: With nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. d. Molded-PE or -PP Sleeves: Removable, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth outer surface with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.
e. Sleeves for Rectangular Openings:

1. Material: Galvanized sheet steel.

2. Minimum Metal Thickness:
i. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches (1270 mm) and with no side larger than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.052 inch (1.3 mm). ii. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter 50 inches (1270 mm) or more and one or more sides larger than 16 inches (400 mm), thickness shall be 0.138 inch (3.5 mm). 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation AND CABLING
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260544-2

2.02 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS
a. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following manufacturers
i. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
ii. CALPICO, Inc.
iii. Metraflex Company (The).
iv. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
v. Proco Products, Inc.
vi. 3M

2. Sealing Elements: EPDM rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.

3. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel.

4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.

2.03 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS
a. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly made for embedding in concrete slab or wall. Unit shall have plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following manufacturers:
i. Presealed Systems.
ii. Metraflex

2.04 GROUT
a. Description: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior sealing openings in non-fire-rated walls or floors.
b. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydrauliccement grout. c. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. d. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

2.05 SILICONE SEALANTS
a. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants ofgrade indicated below.

1. Grade: Pourable (self-leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated.
b. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation AND CABLING
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260544-3
Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR NON-FIRE-RATED ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS a. Comply with NECA 1.
b. Comply with NEMA VE 2 for cable tray and cable penetrations. c. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Above-Grade Non-Fire-Rated Concrete and Masonry-Unit Floors and Walls:

1. Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors:
i. Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
ii. Seal space outside of sleeves with mortar or grout. Pack sealing material solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces smooth; protect material while curing.

2. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.

3. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed or unless seismic criteria require different clearance.

4. Install sleeves for wall penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of walls. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. Deburr after cutting.

5. Install sleeves for floor penetrations. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. Install sleeves during erection offloors. d. Sleeves for Conduits Penetrating Non-Fire-Rated Gypsum Board Assemblies:

1. Use circular metal sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.

2. Seal space outside of sleeves with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. e. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. f. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
g. Underground, Exterior-Wall and Floor Penetrations: Install PVC Coated cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system.

3.02 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION
a. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at raceway entries into building.
b. Install type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation AND CABLING
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260544-4

3.03 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION
a. Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. b. Assemble fitting components oflength to be flush with both surfaces ofconcrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. c. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms.
d. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-1
SECTION 26 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Color and legend requirements for raceways, conductors, and warning labels and signs.

2. Labels.

3. Bands and tubes.

4. Tapes and stencils.

5. Tags.

6. Signs.

7. Cable ties.

8. Paint for identification.

9. Fasteners for labels and signs.

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for electrical identification products. b. Identification Schedule: For each piece of electrical equipment and electrical system components to be an index of nomenclature for electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
c. Delegated-Design Submittal: For arc-flash hazard study.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Comply with ASME A13.1and IEEE C2.
b. Comply with NFPA 70.
c. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 and 29 CFR 1910.145.
d. Comply with ANSI Z535.4 for safety signs and labels. e. Comply with NFPA 70E and Section 26 0573 "Short Circuit, Coordination and Arc-Flash Study" requirements for arc-flash warning labels.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-2
f. Adhesive-attached labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers, shall comply with UL 969.
g. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.02 COLOR AND LEGEND REQUIREMENTS
a. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less:

1. Black letters on an orange field.

2. Legend: Indicate voltage and system or service type. b. Color-Coding for Phase- and Voltage-Level Identification, 600 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded service’ feeder and branch-circuit conductors.

1. Color shall be factory applied.

2. Colors for 208/120-V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Black.
b. Phase B: Red.
c. Phase C: Blue.

3. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Brown.
b. Phase B: Orange.
c. Phase C: Yellow.

4. Color for Neutral: White.

5. Color for Equipment Grounds: Green.

6. Colors for Isolated Grounds: Green with white stripe. c. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at More Than 600 V:

1. Black letters on an orange field.

2. Legend: "DANGER - CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING."
d. Warning Label Colors:

1. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. e. Warning labels and signs shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends:

1. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES."

2. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES MINIMUM." f. Equipment Identification Labels:

1. Black letters on a white field for equipment connected to normal power and Red letters on a white field for equipment connected to emergency/standby power unless otherwise indicated

2.03 LABELS
a. Vinyl Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, flexible labels laminated with a clear, weather- and chemicalresistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for securing label ends.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. HellermannTyton.
c. Marking Services, Inc.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-3
d. Panduit Corp.
e. Seton Identification Products.
b. Snap-around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeves, with diameters sized to suit diameters and that stay in place by gripping action.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. HellermannTyton.
c. Marking Services, Inc.
d. Panduit Corp.
e. Seton Identification Products.
c. Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, 3-mil-thick, polyesterflexible label with acrylic pressuresensitive adhesive.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Grafoplast Wire Markers.
c. Ideal Industries, Inc.
d. Marking Services, Inc.
e. Panduit Corp.
f. Seton Identification Products.

2. Self-Lamination: Clear; UV-, weather- and chemical-resistant; self-laminating, protective shield over the legend. Labels sized such that the clear shield overlaps the entire printed legend.

3. Marker for Labels: Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink recommended by printer manufacturer.
d. Self-Adhesive Labels: Vinyl, thermal, transfer-printed, 3-mil-thick, multicolor, weather- and UV-resistant, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and location.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Grafoplast Wire Markers.
c. HellermannTyton.
d. Ideal Industries, Inc.
e. Marking Services, Inc.
f. Panduit Corp.
g. Seton Identification Products.

2. Minimum Nominal Size:
a. 1-1/2 by 6 inchesfor raceway and conductors.
b. 3-1/2 by 5 inchesfor equipment.
c. As required by authorities having jurisdiction.

2.04 BANDS AND TUBES
a. Snap-around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeves, 2 inches long, with diameters sized to suit diameters and that stay in place by gripping action.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. HellermannTyton.
c. Marking Services, Inc.
d. Panduit Corp.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-4
b. Heat-Shrink Preprinted Tubes: Flame-retardant polyolefin tubes with machine-printed identification labels, sized to suit diameter and shrunk to fit firmly. Full shrink recovery occurs at a maximum of 200 deg F.

Comply with UL 224.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Panduit Corp.

2.05 TAPES AND STENCILS
a. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Carlton Industries, LP.
b. HellermannTyton.
c. Ideal Industries, Inc.
d. Marking Services, Inc.
e. Panduit Corp.
b. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide; compounded for outdoor use.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Carlton Industries, LP.
c. emedco.
d. Marking Services, Inc.
c. Tape and Stencil: 4-inch-wide black stripes on 10-inch centers placed diagonally over orange background and is 12 inches wide. Stop stripes at legends.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. HellermannTyton.
b. LEM Products Inc.
c. Marking Services, Inc.
d. Seton Identification Products.
d. Floor Marking Tape: 2-inch-wide, 5-mil pressure-sensitive vinyl tape, with yellow and black stripes and clear vinyl overlay.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Carlton Industries, LP.
b. Seton Identification Products.
e. Underground-Line Warning Tape:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Ideal Industries, Inc.
c. Marking Services, Inc.
d. Seton Identification Products.

2. Tape:
a. Recommended by manufacturer for the method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical and communications utility lines. b. Printing on tape shall be permanent and shall not be damaged by burial operations. c. Tape material and ink shall be chemically inert and not subject to degradation when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils.

3. Color and Printing:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-5
a. Comply with ANSI Z535.1, ANSI Z535.2, ANSI Z535.3, ANSI Z535.4, and ANSI Z535.5. b. Inscriptions for Red-Colored Tapes: "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE, HIGH VOLTAGE" .
c. Inscriptions for Orange-Colored Tapes: "CAUTION BURIED TELEPHONE CABLE, CATV CABLE, COMMUNICATIONS CABLE, OPTICAL FIBER CABLE" .

4. Tag: Type IID:
a. Reinforced, detectable three-layer laminate, consisting ofa printed pigmented woven scrim, a solid aluminum-foil core, and a clear protective film that allows inspection ofthe continuity of the conductive core; bright-colored, continuous-printed on one side with the inscription of the utility, compounded for direct-burial service.
b. Width: 6 inches.
c. Overall Thickness: 5 mils.
d. Foil Core Thickness: 0.35 mil.
e. Weight: 34 lb/1000 sq. ft..
f. Tensile according to ASTM D 882: 300 lbf and 12,500 psi. f. Stenciled Legend: In nonfading, waterproof, black ink or paint. Minimum letter height shall be inch unless otherwise indicated. If requested by Architect, match Owner’s existing legend type, size etc.

2.06 TAGS
a. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch, with stamped legend, punched for use with selflocking cable tie fastener.

2.07 SIGNS
a. Baked-Enamel Signs:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Carlton Industries, LP.
b. Champion America.
c. emedco.
d. Marking Services, Inc.

2. Preprinted aluminum signs, high-intensity reflective, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application.

3. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting.

4. Nominal Size: 7 by 10 inches.
b. Metal-Backed Butyrate Signs:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Champion America.
c. emedco.
d. Marking Services, Inc.

2. Weather-resistant, nonfading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs, with 0.0396-inch galvanized-steel backing, punched and drilled for fasteners, and with colors, legend, and size required for application.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-6

3. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting.

4. Nominal Size: 10 by 14 inches.
c. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one ofthe following:
a. Brady Corporation.
b. Carlton Industries, LP.
c. emedco.
d. Marking Services, Inc.

2. Engraved legend.

3. Thickness:
a. For signs up to 20 sq. in., minimum 1/16 inch thick. b. For signs larger than 20 sq. in., 1/8 inch thick.
c. Engraved legend with black letters on white face background for equipment connected to normal power and red letters on white face background for equipment connected to emergency/standby power. Verify with Architect if legend has to match Owner’s existing signs.
d. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners with 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. e. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment.

2.08 CABLE TIES
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. HellermannTyton.

2. Ideal Industries, Inc.

3. Marking Services, Inc.

4. Panduit Corp.
b. General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self-extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon.

1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch.

2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F according to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi.

3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F.

4. Color: Black, except where used for color-coding.
c. UV-Stabilized Cable Ties: Fungus inert, designed for continuous exposure to exterior sunlight, selfextinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon.

1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch.

2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F according to ASTM D 638: 12,000 psi.

3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F.

4. Color: Black.
d. Plenum-Rated Cable Ties: Self-extinguishing, UV stabilized, one piece, and self-locking.

1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch.

2. Tensile Strength at 73 Deg F according to ASTM D 638: 7000 psi.

3. UL 94 Flame Rating: 94V-0.

4. Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 284 deg F.

5. Color: Black.

2.09 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS
a. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements.

Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-7
b. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION
a. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product.

3.02 INSTALLATION
a. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. b. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. c. Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. d. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual.
e. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. f. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items.
g. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side.

1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. h. System Identification for Raceways and Cables over 600 V: Identification shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side.

1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. i. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, and signal connections.
j. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch-high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer. Refer to drawings for additional information.
k. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor.
l. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify the covers ofeach junction and pull box ofthe following systems with the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows:

1. "EMERGENCY POWER."

2. "POWER."

3. "UPS."
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-8
m. Vinyl Wraparound Labels:

1. Secure tight to surface ofraceway or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility.

2. Attach labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape, with adhesive appropriate to the location and substrate.
n. Snap-around Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. o. Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility.
p. Self-Adhesive Labels:

1. On each item, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual.

2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1-1/2-inchhigh label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. q. Snap-around Color-Coding Bands: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. r. Heat-Shrink, Preprinted Tubes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. s. Marker Tapes: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility. t. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at a location with high visibility and accessibility.

1. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding.
u. Tape and Stencil: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for surface preparation and paint application.
v. Floor Marking Tape: Apply stripes to finished surfaces following manufacturer's written instructions. w. Underground Line Warning Tape:

1. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above cable or raceway at 12 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall.

2. Limit use of underground-line warning tape to direct-buried cables.

3. Install underground-line warning tape for direct-buried cables and cables in raceways. x. Metal Tags:

1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility.

2. Secure using general-purpose UV-stabilized cable ties for all area except use plenum-rated cable ties in plenum areas.
y. Nonmetallic Preprinted Tags:

1. Place in a location with high visibility and accessibility.

2. Secure using general-purpose UV-stabilized in all areas except use plenum-rated cable ties in plenum areas.
z. Baked-Enamel Signs:

1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate.

2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on minimum 1- 1/2-inch-high sign; where two lines of text are required, use signs minimum 2 inches high. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-9
aa. Metal-Backed Butyrate Signs:

1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate.

2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1-1/2-inchhigh sign; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. bb. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs:

1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to the location and substrate.

2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1-1/2-inchhigh sign; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. cc. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below:

1. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon.

2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated.

3.03 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE
a. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance ofequipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view ofidentifying devices.
b. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. c. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits, More Than 30 A and 120 V to Ground: Identify with self-adhesive raceway labels.

1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations ofwalls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. d. Accessible Fittings for Raceways and Cables within Buildings: Identify the covers of each junction and pull box ofthe following systems with self-adhesive labels containing the wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends shall be as follows:

1. "EMERGENCY POWER."

2. "POWER."

3. "UPS."
e. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, 600 V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive wraparound labels to identify the phase.

1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations ofwalls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. f. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification, More Than 600 V: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use nonmetallic preprinted tags colored and marked to indicate phase, and a separate tag with the circuit designation.
g. Control-Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes, use self-adhesive labels with the conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. h. Control-Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide heatshrink preprinted tubes with the conductor designation. i. Conductors to Be Extended in the Future: Attach write-on tags to conductors and list source. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-10
j. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Self-adhesive vinyl tape that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections.

1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points.

Identify by system and circuit designation.
k. Locations ofUnderground Lines: Underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical-fiber cable.
l. Concealed Raceways and Duct Banks, More Than 600 V, within Buildings: Apply floor marking tape to the following finished surfaces:

1. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches of a floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated space.

2. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall.

3. Accessible surfaces ofconcrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts, exposed in the building, or concealed above suspended ceilings.
m. Workspace Indication: Apply floor marking tape to finished surfaces. Show working clearances in the direction of access to live parts. Workspace shall comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. n. Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including the color code for grounded and ungrounded conductors.
o. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Metal-backed, butyrate warning signs.

1. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.

2. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of equipment, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Power-transfer switches.
b. Controls with external control power connections.
p. Arc Flash Warning Labeling: Self-adhesive labels.
q. Operating Instruction Signs: Laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs. r. Emergency Operating Instruction Signs: Laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 3/8-inch-high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer.
s. Equipment Identification Labels:

1. Indoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine plastic sign.

2. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine sign. Stenciled legend 4 inches high shall also be provided when requested by Architect.

3. Equipment to Be Labeled:
a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification shall be in the form ofa engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label.
b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets.
c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. d. Transformers: Label that includes tag designation indicated on Drawings for the transformer, feeder, and panelboards or equipment supplied by the secondary. e. Motor-control centers.
f. Enclosed switches.
g. Enclosed circuit breakers.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260553-11
h. Enclosed controllers.
i. Variable-speed controllers.
j. Push-button stations.
k. Power-transfer equipment.
l. Contactors.
m. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices. n. Battery-inverter units.
o. Battery racks.
p. Power-generating units.
q. Monitoring and control equipment.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-1
SECTION 26 05 73 - SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes computer-based, fault-current, overcurrent protective device coordination studies and arc flash study. Protective devices shall be set based on results ofthe protective device coordination study.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
a. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. Existing to remain items shall remain functional throughout the construction period.
b. Field Adjusting Agency: An independent electrical testing agency with full-time employees and the capability to adjust devices and conduct testing indicated and that is a member company of NETA. c. One-Line Diagram: A diagram that shows, by means of single lines and graphic symbols, the course of an electric circuit or system of circuits and the component devices or parts used therein. d. Power System Analysis Software Developer: An entity that commercially develops, maintains, and distributes computer software used for power system studies. e. Power System Analysis Specialist: Professional engineer in charge of performing the study and documenting recommendations, licensed in the state where Project is located. f. Protective Device: A device that senses when an abnormal current flow exists and then removes the affected portion of the circuit from the system.
g. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating.
h. Service: The conductors and equipment for delivering electric energy from the serving utility to the wiring system of the premises served.
i. Single-Line Diagram: See "One-Line Diagram."

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. COORDINATION STUDIES

1. Product Data: For computer software program to be used for studies.

2. Other Action Submittals: The following submittals shall be made after the approval process for system protective devices has been completed. Submittals may be in digital form if requested by the architect/engineer.

3. Coordination-study input data, including completed computer program input data sheets. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-2

4. Study and Equipment Evaluation Reports.

5. Coordination-Study Report.
b. SHORT CURCUIT STUDIES

1. For computer software program to be used for studies.

2. Submit the following after the approval ofsystem protective devices submittals. Submittals shall be in digital form.
i. Short-circuit study input data, including completed computer program input data sheets. ii. Short-circuit study and equipment evaluation report; signed, dated, and sealed by a qualified professional engineer.
iii. Revised one-line diagram, reflecting field investigation results and results of short-circuit study.
c. ARC FLASH STUDIES

1. Product Data: For computer software program to be used for studies.

2. Study Submittals: Submit the following submittals after the approval of system protective devices submittals. Submittals shall be in digital form:

3. Arc-flash study input data, including completed computer program input data sheets.

4. Arc-flash study report; signed, dated, and sealed by Power Systems Analysis Specialist.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Qualification Data: For power systems analysis specialist. b. Product Certificates: For coordination-study, fault-current-study computer software programs, certifying compliance with IEEE 399.
c. Product Certificates: For arc-flash hazard analysis software, certifying compliance with IEEE 1584 and NFPA 70E.
d. Power Systems Analysis Software Developer
e. Qualification Data: For Field Adjusting Agency

1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
a. Operation and Maintenance Data: For overcurrent protective devices to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1. The following are from the Coordination Study Report:
i. Final one-line diagram.
ii. Final protective device coordination study.
iii. Coordination study data files.
iv. List of all protective device settings.
v. Time-current coordination curves.
vi. Power system data.

2. The following are from the Short-Circuit Study Report:
i. Final one-line diagram.
ii. Final Short-Circuit Study Report.
iii. Short-circuit study data files.
iv. Power system data

3. The following are from the Arc Flash Hazard Report:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-3
i. Provide maintenance procedures in equipment manuals according to requirements in NFPA 70E.
ii. Operation and Maintenance Procedures: In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," provide maintenance procedures for use by Owner's personnel that comply with requirements in NFPA 70E.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Studies shall use computer programs that are distributed nationally and are in wide use. Software algorithms shall comply with requirements of standards and guides specified in this Section. Manual calculations are not acceptable.
b. Power Systems Analysis Specialist Qualifications: An entity experienced in the application of computer software used for studies, having performed successful studies of similar magnitude on electrical distribution systems using similar devices.

1. Professional engineer, licensed in the state where Project is located, shall be responsible for the study. All elements of the study shall be performed under the direct supervision and control of engineer.
c. Comply with IEEE 242 for short-circuit currents and coordination time intervals. d. Comply with IEEE 399 for general study procedures.
e. Field Adjusting Agency Qualifications:

1. Employer of a NETA ETT-Certified Technician Level III or NICET Electrical Power Testing Level III certification responsible for all field adjusting of the Work.

2. A member company of NETA.

3. Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction
Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS
a. Available Computer Software Developers: Subject to compliance with requirements, companies offering computer software programs that may be used in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
b. Computer Software Developers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
c. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product indicated by one of the following:

1. Operation Technology, Inc. (ETAP)

2. SKM Systems Analysis, Inc.(Power Tools)

2.02 COMPUTER SOFTWARE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
a. Comply with IEEE 399, IEEE 1584 and NFPA 70E.
b. Analytical features offault-current-study, device coordination study and arc flash study computer software program shall include "mandatory," "very desirable," and "desirable" features as listed in IEEE 399. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-4
c. Computer software program shall be capable of plotting and diagramming time-current-characteristic curves as part of its output. Computer software program shall report device settings and ratings of all overcurrent protective devices and shall demonstrate selective coordination by computer-generated, timecurrent coordination plots.

1. Optional Features:
i. Arcing faults.
ii. Simultaneous faults.
iii. Explicit negative sequence.
iv. Mutual coupling in zero sequence.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
a. Examine Project overcurrent protective device submittals for compliance with electrical distribution system coordination requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Devices to be coordinated are indicated on Drawings.

1. Proceed with coordination study only after relevant equipment submittals have been assembled.

Overcurrent protective devices that have not been submitted and approved prior to coordination study may not be used in study.

3.02 POWER SYSTEM DATA
a. Gather and tabulate the following input data to support coordination study:

1. Product Data for overcurrent protective devices specified in other electrical Sections and involved in overcurrent protective device coordination studies. Use equipment designation tags that are consistent with electrical distribution system diagrams, overcurrent protective device submittals, input and output data, and recommended device settings.

2. Impedance ofutility service entrance.

3. Electrical Distribution System Diagram: In hard-copy and electronic-copy formats, showing the following:
i. Circuit-breaker and fuse-current ratings and types.
ii. Relays and associated power and current transformer ratings and ratios. iii. Transformer kilovolt amperes, primary and secondary voltages, connection type, impedance, and X/R ratios.
iv. Generator kilovolt amperes, size, voltage, and source impedance. v. Cables: Indicate conduit material, sizes of conductors, conductor material, insulation, and length.
vi. Busway ampacity and impedance.
vii. Motor horsepower and code letter designation according to NEMA MG 1.

4. Data sheets to supplement electrical distribution system diagram, cross-referenced with tag numbers on diagram, showing the following:
i. Special load considerations, including starting inrush currents and frequent starting and stopping.
ii. Transformer characteristics, including primary protective device, magnetic inrush current, and overload capability.
iii. Motor full-load current, locked rotor current, service factor, starting time, type of start, and thermal-damage curve.
iv. Generator thermal-damage curve.
v. Ratings, types, and settings of utility company's overcurrent protective devices. vi. Special overcurrent protective device settings or types stipulated by utility company. vii. Time-current-characteristic curves of devices indicated to be coordinated. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-5
viii. Manufacturer, frame size, interrupting rating in amperes rms symmetrical, ampere or current sensor rating, long-time adjustment range, short-time adjustment range, and instantaneous adjustment range for circuit breakers.
ix. Manufacturer and type, ampere-tap adjustment range, time-delay adjustment range, instantaneous attachment adjustment range, and current transformer ratio for overcurrent relays.
x. Panelboards, switchboards, motor-control center ampacity, and interrupting rating in amperes rms symmetrical.

3.03 FAULT-CURRENT STUDY
a. Calculate the maximum available short-circuit current in amperes rms symmetrical at circuit-breaker positions of the electrical power distribution system. The calculation shall be for a current immediately after initiation and for a three-phase bolted short circuit at each of the following:

1. Switchgear and switchboard bus.

2. Motor-control center.

3. Distribution panelboard.

4. Branch circuit panelboard.
b. Study electrical distribution system from normal and alternate power sources throughout electrical distribution system for Project. Include studies ofsystem-switching configurations and alternate operations that could result in maximum fault conditions.
c. Calculate momentary and interrupting duties on the basis ofmaximum available fault current according to IEEE 551.
d. Calculations to verify interrupting ratings of overcurrent protective devices shall comply with IEEE 241 and IEEE 242.

1. Transformers:
i. ANSI C57.12.10.
ii. ANSI C57.12.22.
iii. ANSI C57.12.40.
iv. IEEE C57.12.00.
v. IEEE C57.96.

2. Medium-Voltage Circuit Breakers: IEEE C37.010.

3. Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers: IEEE 1015 and IEEE C37.20.1.

4. Low-Voltage Fuses: IEEE C37.46.
e. Study Report:

1. Show calculated X/R ratios and equipment interrupting rating (1/2-cycle) fault currents on electrical distribution system diagram.
f. Equipment Evaluation Report:

1. For 600-V overcurrent protective devices, ensure that interrupting ratings are equal to or higher than calculated 1/2-cycle symmetrical fault current.

2. For devices and equipment rated for asymmetrical fault current, apply multiplication factors listed in the standards to 1/2-cycle symmetrical fault current.

3. Verify adequacy ofphase conductors at maximum three-phase bolted fault currents; verify adequacy of equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors at maximum ground-fault currents. Ensure that short-circuit withstand ratings are equal to or higher than calculated 1/2-cycle symmetrical fault current.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-6

3.04 COORDINATION STUDY
a. Perform coordination study using approved computer software program. Prepare a written report using results of fault-current study. Comply with IEEE 399.

1. Calculate the maximum and minimum 1/2-cycle short-circuit currents.

2. Calculate the maximum and minimum interrupting duty (5 cycles to 2 seconds) short-circuit currents.

3. Calculate the maximum and minimum ground-fault currents. b. Comply with IEEE 241; IEEE 242 recommendations for fault currents and time intervals. c. Transformer Primary Overcurrent Protective Devices:

1. Device shall not operate in response to the following:
i. Inrush current when first energized.
ii. Self-cooled, full-load current or forced-air-cooled, full-load current, whichever is specified for that transformer.
iii. Permissible transformer overloads according to IEEE C57.96 ifrequired by unusual loading or emergency conditions.

2. Device settings shall protect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.00, for fault currents. d. Motors served by voltages more than 600 V shall be protected according to IEEE 620. e. Conductor Protection: Protect cables against damage from fault currents according to ICEA P-32-382, ICEA P-45-482, and conductor melting curves in IEEE 242. Demonstrate that equipment withstands the maximum short-circuit current for a time equivalent to the tripping time of the primary relay protection or total clearing time of the fuse. To determine temperatures that damage insulation, use curves from cable manufacturers or from listed standards indicating conductor size and short-circuit current. f. Coordination-Study Report: Prepare a written report indicating the following results ofcoordination study:

1. Tabular Format of Settings Selected for Overcurrent Protective Devices:
i. Device tag.
ii. Relay-current transformer ratios; and tap, time-dial, and instantaneous-pickup values. iii. Circuit-breaker sensor rating; and long-time, short-time, and instantaneous settings. iv. Fuse-current rating and type.
v. Ground-fault relay-pickup and time-delay settings.

2. Coordination Curves: Prepared to determine settings of overcurrent protective devices to achieve selective coordination. Graphically illustrate that adequate time separation exists between devices installed in series, including power utility company's upstream devices. Prepare separate sets of curves for the switching schemes and for emergency periods where the power source is local generation. Show the following information:
i. Device tag.
ii. Voltage and current ratio for curves.
iii. Three-phase and single-phase damage points for each transformer. iv. No damage, melting, and clearing curves for fuses.
v. Cable damage curves.
vi. Transformer inrush points.
vii. Maximum fault-current cutoffpoint.
g. Completed data sheets for setting of overcurrent protective devices.

3.05 ARC-FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS
a. Comply with NFPA 70E and its Annex D for hazard analysis study. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-7
b. Preparatory Studies: Perform the Short-Circuit and Protective Device Coordination studies prior to starting the Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis.

1. Short-Circuit Study Output: As specified in "Short-Circuit Study Output Reports" Paragraph in "Short-Circuit Study Report Contents" Article in Section 260573. "Short-Circuit Studies."

2. Coordination Study Report Contents: As specified in "Coordination Study Report Contents" Article in Section 260573. "Coordination Studies."
c. Calculate maximum and minimum contributions of fault-current size.

1. Maximum calculation shall assume a maximum contribution from the utility and shall assume motors to be operating under full-load conditions.

2. Calculate arc-flash energy at the recommended short circuit values according to IEEE 1584.section

4.5. 3. Calculate arc-flash energy at 38 percent of maximum short-circuit current according to NFPA 70E recommendations.

4. Calculate arc-flash energy with the utility contribution at a minimum and assume no motor contribution.
d. Calculate the arc-flash protection boundary and incident energy at locations in electrical distribution system where personnel could perform work on energized parts.
e. Include medium-and low-voltage equipment locations, except equipment rated 240 V ac or less fed from transformers less than 125 kVA.
f. Calculate the limited, restricted, and prohibited approach boundaries for each location. g. Incident energy calculations shall consider the accumulation of energy over time when performing arcflash calculations on buses with multiple sources. Iterative calculations shall take into account the changing current contributions, as the sources are interrupted or decremented with time. Fault contribution from motors and generators shall be decremented as follows:

1. Fault contribution from induction motors shall not be considered beyond three to five cycles.

2. Fault contribution from synchronous motors and generators shall be decayed to match the actual decrement of each as closely as possible (for example, contributions from permanent magnet generators will typically decay from 10 per unit to three per unit after 10 cycles). h. Arc-flash energy shall generally be reported for the maximum of line or load side of a circuit breaker.

However, arc-flash computation shall be performed and reported for both line and load side of a circuit breaker as follows:

1. When the circuit breaker is in a separate enclosure.

2. When the line terminals of the circuit breaker are separate from the work location. i. Base arc-flash calculations on actual overcurrent protective device clearing time. Cap maximum clearing time at two seconds based on IEEE 1584, Section 6.9.

3.06 ARC-FLASH STUDY REPORT CONTENT
a. Executive summary of study findings.
b. Study descriptions, purpose, basis, and scope. Include case descriptions, definition of terms, and guide for interpretation of results.
c. One-line diagram, showing the following:

1. Protective device designations and ampere ratings.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-8

2. Conductor types, sizes, and lengths.

3. Transformer kilovolt ampere (kVA) and voltage ratings, including derating factors and environmental conditions.

4. Motor and generator designations and kVA ratings.

5. Switchgear, switchboard, motor-control center, panelboard designations, and ratings. d. Study Input Data: As described in "Power System Data" Article. e. Short-Circuit Study Output Data: As specified in "Short-Circuit Study Output Reports" Paragraph in "Short-Circuit Study Report Contents" Article in Section 260573 "Short-Circuit Studies." f. Protective Device Coordination Study Report Contents: As specified in "Coordination Study Report Contents" Article in Section 260573"Coordination Studies." g. Arc-Flash Study Output Reports:

1. Interrupting Duty Report: Three-phase and unbalanced fault calculations, showing the following for each equipment location included in the report:
i. Voltage.
ii. Calculated symmetrical fault-current magnitude and angle. iii. Fault-point X/R ratio.
iv. No AC Decrement (NACD) ratio.
v. Equivalent impedance.
vi. Multiplying factors for 2-, 3-, 5-, and 8-cycle circuit breakers rated on a symmetrical basis. vii. Multiplying factors for 2-, 3-, 5-, and 8-cycle circuit breakers rated on a total basis. h. Incident Energy and Flash Protection Boundary Calculations:

1. Arcing fault magnitude.

2. Protective device clearing time.

3. Duration of arc.

4. Arc-flash boundary.

5. Restricted approach boundary.

6. Limited approach boundary.

7. Working distance.

8. Incident energy.

9. Hazard risk category.

10. Recommendations for arc-flash energy reduction.
i. Fault study input data, case descriptions, and fault-current calculations including a definition of terms and guide for interpretation of computer printout.

3.07 ARC-FLASH WARNING LABELS
a. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for self-adhesive equipment labels. Produce a 3.5-by-5-inch self-adhesive equipment label for each work location included in the analysis.
b. Label shall have an orange header with the wording, "WARNING, ARC-FLASH HAZARD," and shall include the following information taken directly from the arc-flash hazard analysis:

1. Location designation.

2. Nominal voltage.

3. Protection boundaries.
i. Arc-flash boundary.
ii. Restricted approach boundary.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION AND ARC FLASH STUDIES 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 260573-9
iii. Limited approach boundary.

4. Arc flash PPE category.

5. Required minimum arc rating of PPE in Cal/cm squared.

6. Available incident energy.

7. Working distance.

8. Engineering report number, revision number, and issue date. c. Labels shall be machine printed, with no field-applied markings. d. Apply a label to each piece of equipment addresses by the study.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262200-1
SECTION 26 22 00 - LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes the following types of dry-type transformers rated 600 V and less, with capacities up to 1000 kVA:

1. Distribution transformers.

2. Buck-boost transformers.

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: Manufacturer’s technical data including rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of transformer indicated. Include manufacturer's product data for each type of transformer and for each size specified. Highlight clearly specific information applicable to the project. Submittals with general catalogs will not be accepted and reviewed.

1. K.V.A. and voltage of primary and secondary windings.

2. Windings insulation class and rates temperature rise.

3. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) label.

4. Sound level test results of a similar transformer.

5. Physical size and finish.

6. Efficiency at 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent rated load.

7. Windings material.

8. Impedance rating and characteristics.
b. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method offield assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that transformers, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Section 260548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." Include the following:

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation.
a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."

2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262200-2
b. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
c. Source quality-control test reports.
d. Field quality-control test reports.

1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
a. Operation and Maintenance Data: For transformers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. If alternate manufacturer of products other than what are specified in this section are submitted, all necessary documents not limited to cut sheets, technical information, test reports from recognized testing labs and factory test reports shall be submitted to the satisfaction of the owner/engineer to ensure quality and conformance to the specifications. Additional testing shall be undertaken if it is concluded by the owner/engineer that the submitted test reports are either insufficient or do not include all tests necessary for product acceptance. The tests shall be conducted by a recognized lab acceptable to the owner/engineer and all tests shall be witnessed by owner’s/engineer’s personnel. All testing procedures and test results shall be satisfactory to the owner/engineer. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the tests, for transportation, food and lodging for minimum of one owner’s/engineer’s representative to witness the test at the testing lab. Include all costs for the above in the bid. b. Contractor shall ensure that the manufacturer has a minimum of 15 years experience in the production of low voltage transformers to the type and size specified in this project. c. Manufacturer shall have ISO 9001 Certification.
d. Manufacturer shall have ability to readily provide replacement parts for a minimum period of ten (10) years, from the date of completion ofthe project
e. Transformer shall be assembled at the manufacturer’s own manufacturing facility using its own major devices (e.g. transformer core, windings etc.) for the assembly. f. Materials and equipment shall be new, modern in design and shall not have been in prior service except as required by factory tests. Major components (e.g., primary switch, transformer, and switchboard) shall be manufactured within six months of installation.
g. Source Limitations: Obtain transformers through one source from a single manufacturer through a local distributor. All power distribution equipment shall be of the same manufacturer as the substation. h. Comply with NFPA 70.
i. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers qualified as defined in NEMA PB 2.1 and trained in electrical safety as required by NFPA 70E.
j. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of secondary unit substations and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Part 2 "Product Requirements." k. Electrical Components, Devices and Accessories: UL Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100 and marked for intended use.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262200-3
l. Comply with IEEE C57.12.91, "Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers."

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated-type unit, throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously under normal control oftemperature and humidity.

1.08 COORDINATION
a. Coordinate installation of wall-mounting and structure-hanging supports with actual transformer provided.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Square D; Schneider Electric.

2. ACME Electric Corporation; Power Distribution Products Division.

3. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Products.

4. General Electric Company.

5. Myers Power Products, Inc.

6. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

2.02 GENERAL TRANSFORMER REQUIREMENTS
a. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service. b. Cores: High grade, non-aging. grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel. l with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. The core of the transformer shall be visibly grounded to the enclosure by means of flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable UL and NEC standard.
c. Coils: Continuous windings without splices except for taps.

1. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type.

2. Coil material: Copper. Basic Insulation Level (BIL) for all 600V class windings shall be 10KV.

2.03 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS
a. Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561. b. Provide transformers that are constructed to withstand seismic forces specified in Section 260548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." c. Cores: One leg per phase.
d. Enclosure: Ventilated or Totally enclosed, nonventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2.

1. Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound, sealing out moisture and air. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262200-4
e. Enclosure: Ventilated or Totally enclosed, nonventilated, NEMA 250, Type 4X, stainless steel.

1. Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound, sealing out moisture and air.

2. Shall be fabricated of heavy gauge, sheet steel construction.

3. All ventilated openings shall be protected against falling dirt.

4. Ventilated, raintight, NEMA 250, Type 3R, stainless steel. Provide suitable weather shields over ventilation openings.

5. Provide rodent screen on front opening ofthe transformer. f. Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250.

1. Finish Color: ANSI 61 gray. The enclosure shall be finished utilizing a continuous process of degreasing, cleaning and phosphatizing followed by electrostatic deposition of polyester powder coating and baking.
g. Insulation Class: 220 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 115 or 80 deg C rise above 40 deg C ambient temperature. The maximum temperature of the top of the enclosure shall not exceed 50ºC rise above a 40ºC ambient.
h. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets.
i. Description: Self-cooled, two-winding dry type, rated for continuous duty and with wiring terminals suitable for connection as autotransformer. Transformers shall comply with NEMA ST 1 and shall be listed and labeled as complying with UL 506 or UL 1561. j. Enclosure: Ventilated, NEMA 250, Type 2.

1. Finish Color: [Gray] [ANSI 49 gray] [ANSI 61 gray].

2.04 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
a. Nameplates: Engraved, laminated-plastic or metal nameplate for each transformer, mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. Nameplates and label products are specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
a. Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.91 at the factory prior to shipping to job site. b. Prepare and submit test report indicating actual test data within two (2) weeks of completion of tests prior to shipping to job site. Test report shall be signed by the factory test technician or engineer and include comments by the testing engineer or supervisor. Include their name, date and location Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
a. Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer.
b. Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262200-5
c. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and concrete bases for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed.
d. Verify that ground connections are in place and requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems" have been met. Maximum ground resistance shall be 5 ohms at location of transformer.
e. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION
a. Install wall-mounting transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by transformer manufacturer.

1. Brace wall-mounting transformers as specified in Section 260548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."
b. Construct concrete bases and anchor floor-mounting transformers according to manufacturer's written instructions, seismic codes applicable to Project, and requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."
c. Transformers shall be installed at least six (6) inches from the adjacent wall or structure unless otherwise required by the manufacturer. Verify with manufacturer’s installation instructions before start ofwork. d. All conduits shall be isolated from the transformer enclosures by the use ofneoprene grommets at conduit entrances to enclosure and the use of a grounding bushing. Flexible jumpers shall be installed for grounding continuity from enclosure to conduits or bus ducts. e. Where primary feeders come from the floor below, they shall terminate at the end of transformer enclosure with a metal grounding bushing with neoprene throat insert. Ground the bushing to the transformer enclosure.
f. Where primary feeders come from overhead, the conduits shall enter the side of the transformer enclosure. The conduits within 36 inches of the enclosure shall be flexible steel. g. Where transformers are installed next to an indoor switchboard, secondary conductors shall be routed from transformer to secondary switchboard through a 12-inch long wiring gutter, flanged and bolted to transformer enclosure and switchboard enclosure. Install a neoprene gasket between gutter and transformer enclosure and bond gutter to transformer enclosure with a flexible copper grounding strap.

3.03 CONNECTIONS
a. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." b. Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. b. Tests and Inspections:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262200-6

1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. c. Remove and replace units that do not pass tests or inspections and retest as specified above. d. Test Labeling: On completion of satisfactory testing of each unit, attach a dated and signed "Satisfactory Test" label to tested component.

3.05 ADJUSTING
a. Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period.

Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 3 percent at maximum load conditions. Submit recording and tap settings as test results. b. Connect buck-boost transformers to provide nameplate voltage of equipment being served, plus or minus 5 percent, at secondary terminals.
c. Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings.

3.06 CLEANING
a. Vacuum dirt and debris; do not use compressed air to assist in cleaning.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica WIRING DEVICES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262726-1
SECTION 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Receptacles, receptacles with integral GFCI, and associated device plates.

2. SPD receptacles, 125 V, 20 A.

3. Twist-locking receptacles.

4. Weather-resistant receptacles.

5. Toggle switches, 120/277 V,20 A.

6. Cord and plug sets.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
a. AFCI: Arc-fault circuit interrupter.
b. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
c. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
d. Pigtail: Short lead used to connect a device to a branch-circuit conductor. e. RFI: Radio-frequency interference.
f. SPD: Surge Protective Device.
g. UTP: Unshielded twisted pair.

1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
a. Coordination:

1. Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations.

2. Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements.

1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type of product.
b. Shop Drawings: List of legends and description ofmaterials and process used for premarking wall plates. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica WIRING DEVICES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262726-2

1.06 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Field quality-control reports.

1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
a. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wiring devices to include in all manufacturers' packing-label warnings and instruction manuals that include labeling conditions.

1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
a. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Floor Service-Outlet Assemblies: One for every 4, but no fewer than one.

2. Poke-Through, Fire-Rated Closure Plugs: One for every 4 floor service outlets installed, but no fewer than two.

1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single manufacturer.

Switches, receptacles and cover plates shall be ofthe same manufacturer. b. Comply with National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) standards. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriter's Laboratories Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. c. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the production of wiring devices specified and shall have ISO 9001 and 9002 certifications.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
a. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:

1. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems (Hubbell).

2. Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. (Leviton).

3. Pass & Seymour/Legrand (Pass & Seymour).
b. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device and associated wall plate from single source from single manufacturer.

2.02 GENERAL WIRING-DEVICE REQUIREMENTS
a. Wiring Devices, Components, and Accessories: UL Listed and labeled, and marked for intended location and application.
b. Comply with NFPA 70.
c. Heavy duty spec grade.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica WIRING DEVICES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262726-3

2.03 STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES
a. Convenience Receptacles, 125V, 20A: Comply with NEMA WD1, NEMAWD6 Configuration 5-20R, UL498, and FSW-C-596.
b. Decorator Style shall be used for recessed wall mount at all front ofhouse areas: offices, conference rooms, exposed convenience outlets, etc.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following manufacturers :
i. Hubbell; HBL5361 (single), HBL5362 (duplex).
ii. Leviton; 5361 (single), 5362 (duplex).
iii. Pass & Seymour; 5361 (single), 5362 (duplex).

2. Description: Grounded, industrial extra heavy duty specifications grade, back- and side-wired, single-piece grounding brass strap with integral ground, impact-resistant thermoplastic nylon cover and body, smooth face, with separate grounding screw and NEMA 5-20R plug configurations. c. Weather-Resistant Duplex Receptacle, 125 V, 20 A

1. Description: Two pole, three wire, and self-grounding. Integral shutters that operate only when a plug is inserted in the receptacle. Square face.

2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R.

3. Standards: Comply with UL 498.

2.04 GFCI RECEPTACLES
a. General Description:

1. Straight blade, feed-through type.

2. Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, UL 943 Class A, and FS W-C-596.

3. Include indicator light that shows when the GFCI has malfunctioned and no longer provides proper GFCI protection.
b. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A:

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, :
i. Hubbell; GFR5352L.
ii. Pass & Seymour; 2095.
iii. Leviton; 7590.

2.05 TWIST-LOCKING RECEPTACLES
a. Single Convenience Receptacles, 125 V, 20 A: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 Configuration L5-20R, and UL 498.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, :
i. Hubbell; HBL2310.
ii. Leviton; 2310.
iii. Pass & Seymour; L520-R.

2.06 TOGGLE SWITCHES
a. Comply with NEMA WD 1, UL 20, and FS W-S-896.
b. Switches, 120/277 V, 20 A:

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following manufacturers :
i. Single Pole:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica WIRING DEVICES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262726-4
1) Hubbell; HBL1221.
2) Leviton; 1221-2.
3) Pass & Seymour; CSB20AC1.
ii. Two Pole:
1) Hubbell; HBL1222.
2) Leviton; 1222-2.
3) Pass & Seymour; CSB20AC2.

2.07 WALL PLATES
a. Single and combination types shall match corresponding wiring devices.

1. Cast aluminum with in-use cover, and listed and labeled for use in wet and damp locations. b. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with Type 3R, weather-resistant, diecast aluminum with lockable in-use cover.

2.08 FINISHES
a. Device Color:

1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing.

2. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power System: Red. b. Wall Plate Color: For plastic covers, match device color.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION
a. Comply with NECA 1, including mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise indicated. b. Coordination with Other Trades:

1. Protect installed devices and their boxes. Do not place wall finish materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided by riding against outside of boxes.

2. Keep outlet boxes free ofplaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and cables.

3. Install device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joint unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall.

4. Install wiring devices after all wall preparation, including painting, is complete. c. Conductors:

1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until right before they are spliced or terminated on devices.

2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire.

3. The length of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70, Article 300, without pigtails.

4. Existing Conductors:
i. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter. ii. Pigtailing existing conductors is permitted, provided the outlet box is large enough. d. Device Installation:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica WIRING DEVICES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262726-5

1. Replace devices that have been in temporary use during construction and that were installed before building finishing operations were complete.

2. Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect conductors.

3. Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last possible moment.

4. Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in length.

5. When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid conductor tightly clockwise, two-thirds to three-fourths of the way around terminal screw.

6. Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by manufacturer.

7. When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on 20-A circuits, splice No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections.

8. Tighten unused terminal screws on the device.

9. When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device-mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact.
e. stainless steelstainless steelstainless steelstainless steelReceptacle Orientation:

1. Install ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted receptacles to the right.
f. Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra-deep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening. g. Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. h. Adjust locations offloor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement ofpartitions and furnishings.

3.02 GFCI RECEPTACLES
a. Install non-feed-through-type GFCI receptacles where protection of downstream receptacles is not required.

3.03 IDENTIFICATION
a. Comply with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." b. Identify each receptacle with panelboard identification and circuit number. Use hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Perform the following tests and inspections:

1. Test Instruments: Use instruments that comply with UL 1436.

2. Test Instrument for Convenience Receptacles: Digital wiring analyzer with digital readout or illuminated digital-display indicators of measurement.
b. Tests for Convenience Receptacles:

1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V.

2. Percent Voltage Drop under 20-A Load: A value of 6 percent or higher is unacceptable.

3. Ground Impedance: Values of up to 2 ohms are acceptable. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica WIRING DEVICES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262726-6

4. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943.

5. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted.

6. Tests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace with new ones, and retest as specified above. c. Wiring device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. d. Prepare test and inspection reports. Submit reports within two (2) weeks of completion of tests.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica FUSES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262813-1
SECTION 26 28 13 - FUSES
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

Cartridge fuses rated 600-V ac and less for use in control circuits; enclosed switches; switchboards; enclosed controllers.

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material, dimensions, descriptions of individual components, and finishes for spare-fuse cabinets. Include the following for each fuse type indicated:

Ambient Temperature Adjustment Information: If ratings of fuses have been adjusted to accommodate ambient temperatures, provide list of fuses with adjusted ratings. i. For each fuse having adjusted ratings, include location of fuse, original fuse rating, local ambient temperature, and adjusted fuse rating.
ii. Provide manufacturer's technical data on which ambient temperature adjustment calculations are based.

Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, and ratings.

Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics.

Coordination charts and tables and related data.

Include time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Submit on graphed log-log.

1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
a. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuses to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:

Ambient temperature adjustment information.

Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics.

Coordination charts and tables and related data.

1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
a. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than two of each size and type.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica FUSES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262813-2

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses, for use within a specific product or circuit, from single source from single manufacturer.
b. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. c. Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses.
d. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
a. Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F (5 deg C) or more than 100 deg F (38 deg C), apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings.

1.08 COORDINATION
a. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size and with system short-circuit current levels.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

Cooper Bussmann, Inc.

Edison Fuse, Inc.

Ferraz Shawmut, Inc.

Littelfuse, Inc.

2.02 CARTRIDGE FUSES
a. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent with circuit voltages.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
a. Examine fuses before installation. Reject fuses that are moisture damaged or physically damaged. b. Examine holders to receive fuses for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance, such as rejection features.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica FUSES
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262813-3
c. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment. d. Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine iffuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to fuse ratings. e. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 FUSE APPLICATIONS
a. Cartridge Fuses:

Service Entrance: Class L, fast acting.

Feeders: Class L, fast acting.

Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay.

Other Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay.

Control Circuits: Class CC, fast acting.

3.03 INSTALLATION
a. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse.

3.04 IDENTIFICATION
a. Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block, socket, and holder.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262816-1
SECTION 26 28 16 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Fusible switches.

2. Nonfusible switches.

3. Molded-case circuit breakers (MCCBs).

4. Enclosures.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
a. NC: Normally closed.
b. NO: Normally open.
c. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.

1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Seismic Performance: Enclosed switches and circuit breakers shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."

1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated.

Include dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes.

1. Enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1.

2. Current and voltage ratings.

3. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate).

4. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components.

5. Include time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Submit on graphed log-log.
b. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262816-2

1.06 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency.
b. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.

1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test ofassembled components or on calculation.

2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.
c. Field quality-control reports.

1. Test procedures used.

2. Test results that comply with requirements.

3. Results of failed tests and corrective action taken to achieve test results that comply with requirements.
d. Manufacturer's field service report.

1.07 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
a. Operation and Maintenance Data: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following:

1. Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting enclosed switches and circuit breakers.

2. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Submit on plotted log-log paper.

1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than three of each size and type.

2. Fuse Pullers: Two for each size and type.

1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or an NRTL.

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Currently certified by NETA to supervise on-site testing. b. Source Limitations: Obtain enclosed switches and circuit breakers, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories, within same product category, from single source from single manufacturer. c. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items.

Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262816-3
d. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. e. Comply with NFPA 70.

1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS
a. Environmental Limitations: Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated:

1. Ambient Temperature: Not less than minus 22 deg F and not exceeding 104 deg F.

2. Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet.
b. Interruption of Existing Electric Service: Do not interrupt electric service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electric service according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Architect Construction Manager Owner no fewer than 14 days in advance of proposed interruption of electric service.

2. Indicate method of providing temporary electric service.

3. Do not proceed with interruption of electric service without Owner's written permission.

4. Comply with NFPA 70E.

1.11 COORDINATION
a. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 FUSIBLE SWITCHES
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
b. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit.

2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution.

3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.
c. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. d. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Six Pole, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. e. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262816-4
f. Accessories:

1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors.

2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.

3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable ofbeing grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.

4. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified.

5. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material.

6. Service-Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment.

2.02 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit.

2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution.

3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.
b. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
c. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Six Pole, Single Throw, 600-V ac, 200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
d. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Double Throw, 600-V ac, 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.
e. Accessories:

1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors.

2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.

3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable ofbeing grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.

4. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material.

2.03 MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit.

2. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution.

3. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.

4. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric.
b. General Requirements: Comply with UL 489, NEMA AB 1, and NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262816-5
c. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
d. Adjustable, Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-mounted, fieldadjustable trip setting. e. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Field-replaceable rating plug, rms sensing, with the following fieldadjustable settings:

1. Instantaneous trip.

2. Long- and short-time pickup levels.

3. Long- and short-time time adjustments.

4. Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I
2 t response.
f. Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller, and let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5.
g. Ground-Fault, Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip).
h. Features and Accessories:

1. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles.

2. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor material.

3. Application Listing: Appropriate for application.

4. Ground-Fault Protection: Comply with UL 1053; integrally mounted, self-powered type with mechanical ground-fault indicator; relay with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-totest feature, internal memory, and shunt trip unit; and three-phase, zero-sequence current transformer/sensor.

5. Communication Capability: Integral communication module with functions and features compatible with power monitoring and control system, specified in Section 260913 "Electrical Power Monitoring and Control."

6. Shunt Trip: Trip coil energized from separate circuit, with coil-clearing contact.

7. Undervoltage Trip: Set to operate at 35 to 75 percent of rated voltage without intentional time delay.

8. Auxiliary Contacts: One or two SPDT switch with "a" and "b" contacts; "a" contacts mimic circuitbreaker contacts, "b" contacts operate in reverse ofcircuit-breaker contacts.

9. Electrical Operator: Provide remote control for on, off, and reset operations.

10. Accessory Control Power Voltage: Integrally mounted, self-powered.

2.04 ENCLOSURES
a. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, NEMA 250, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location.

1. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1.

2. Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R, stainless steel.

3. Other Wet or Damp, Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel.

4. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: NEMA 250, Type 12.

5. Hazardous Areas Indicated on Drawings: NEMA 250, Type 7 or 9, stainless steel. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262816-6
Part 3.EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
a. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. b. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION
a. Install individual wall-mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated.
b. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Section 260548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."
c. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking ofmoving parts from enclosures and components. d. Install fuses in fusible devices.
e. Comply with NFPA 70 and NECA 1.

3.03 IDENTIFICATION
a. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs.

2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Perform tests and inspections.

1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. b. Acceptance Testing Preparation:

1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed switch and circuit breaker, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit.

2. Test continuity of each circuit.
c. Tests and Inspections:

1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.

2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.

3. Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports:
a. Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker.

Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 262816-7
b. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform an additional follow-up infrared scan of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker 11 months after date of Substantial Completion. c. Instruments and Equipment: Use an infrared scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration record for device.

4. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
d. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective ifthey do not pass tests and inspections. e. Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies enclosed switches and circuit breakers and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.

3.05 ADJUSTING
a. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer.
b. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Section 260573 "Overcurrent Protective Device Coordination Study."

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-1
SECTION 26 56 19 - LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

Exterior solid-state luminaires that are designed for and exclusively use LED lamp technology.

Luminaire supports.

Luminaire-mounted photoelectric relays.
b. Related Requirements:

Section 260943 Programmable lighting control systems with low-voltage control wiring or data communication circuits.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
a. CCT: Correlated color temperature.
b. CRI: Color rendering index.
c. Fixture: See "Luminaire."
d. IP: International Protection or Ingress Protection Rating. e. Lumen: Measured output of lamp and luminaire, or both. f. Luminaire: Complete lighting unit, including lamp, reflector, and housing.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type ofluminaire.

Arrange in order of luminaire designation.

Include data on features, accessories, and finishes.

Include physical description and dimensions of luminaire.

Lamps, include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data.

Photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests, complying with IES Lighting Measurements Testing and Calculation Guides, ofeach luminaire type. The adjustment factors shall be for lamps and accessories identical to those indicated for the luminaire as applied in this Project and testing procedures and criteria required by IES LM-79 and LM-80. a. Manufacturer's Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with a current accreditation under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.

Wiring diagrams for power, control, and signal wiring.

Photoelectric relays.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-2
Means of attaching luminaires to supports and indication that the attachment is suitable for components involved. b. Shop Drawings: For nonstandard or custom luminaires.

Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details.

Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method offield assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. c. Sustainable Design Submittals:
"BUG ratings" Light Pollution Reduction for both uplight and light trespass.

Part 2. PRODUCT DATA: INDICATING LUMINAIRE IS CERTIFIED BY. a. Product Schedule: For luminaires and lamps. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. b. Delegated-Design Submittal: For luminaire supports.

Include design calculations for luminaire supports and seismic restraints.

2.02 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:

Luminaires.

Structural members to which equipment and luminaires will be attached.

Underground utilities and structures.

Existing underground utilities and structures.

Above-grade utilities and structures.

Existing above-grade utilities and structures.

Building features.

Vertical and horizontal information.
b. Qualification Data: For testing laboratory providing photometric data for luminaires. c. Seismic Qualification Data: For luminaires, accessories, and components, from manufacturer.

Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test ofassembled components or on calculation.

Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.
d. Product Certificates: For each type of the following:

Luminaire.
e. Test reports complying with LM-79 (IES approved method for electrical and photometric measurements of Solid-State Lighting) providing total luminous flux, luminous intensity distribution, electrical power characteristics, luminous efficacy and color characteristics (CRI, CCT) shall be submitted.Test reports complying with LM-80 (IES approved standard for measuring lumen maintenance ofLED light sources) providing lumen maintenance of LED light sources shall be submitted. f. ISTMT (IN SITU TEMPERATATURE MEASUREMENT TEST) – It is the measure of the LED source case temperature within the LED system (luminaire or lamp or it is the temperature ofthe LED within the luminaire. This measurement should be performed according to the temperature measurement point (TMP) 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-3
indicated by the particular LED package manufacturer. The temperature measured within the luminaire shall be within the temperature of the LM-80-08 LED source report. g. All LED lifetime projections shall be made per TM-21-11 (approved method for taking LM-80 data and making useful LED lifetime projections).
h. Product Test Reports: For each luminaire, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency or a qualified testing agency as follows:

Test reports complying with LM-79 (IES approved method for electrical and photometric measurements of Solid-State Lighting) providing total luminous flux, luminous intensity distribution, electrical power characteristics, luminous efficacy and color characteristics (CRI, CCT) shall be submitted.

Test reports complying with LM-80 (IES approved standard for measuring lumen maintenance of LED light sources) providing lumen maintenance of LED light sources shall be submitted.

ISTMT (IN SITU TEMPERATATURE MEASUREMENT TEST) – It is the measure of the LED source case temperature within the LED system (luminaire or lamp or it is the temperature of the LED within the luminaire. This measurement should be performed according to the temperature measurement point (TMP) indicated by the particular LED package manufacturer. The temperature measured within the luminaire shall be within the temperature ofthe LM-80-08 LED source report.

All LED lifetime projections shall be made per TM-21-11 (approved method for taking LM-80 data and making useful LED lifetime projections).
i. Source quality-control reports.

2.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
a. Operation and Maintenance Data: For luminaires and photoelectric relays to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

Provide a list of all lamp types used on Project. Use ANSI and manufacturers' codes.

Provide a list of all photoelectric relay types used on Project; use manufacturers' codes.

2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
a. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

Glass, Acrylic, and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: One for every 100 ofeach type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type.

Diffusers and Lenses: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type.

Globes and Guards: One for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type.

2.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Luminaire manufacturers' laboratory that is accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. b. Luminaire Photometric Data Testing Laboratory Qualifications: Provided by an independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products and complying with applicable IES testing standards.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-4
c. Provide luminaires from a single manufacturer for each luminaire type. d. Each luminaire type shall be binned within a three-step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires.
e. Mockups: For exterior luminaires, complete with power and control connections.

Obtain Architect's approval ofluminaires in mockups before starting installations.

Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work ifundisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

2.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipping.

2.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
a. Verify existing and proposed utility structures prior to the start of work associated with luminaire installation. b. Mark locations of exterior luminaires for approval by Architect prior to the start of luminaire installation.

2.08 WARRANTY
a. Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of luminaires that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures, including luminaire support components. b. Faulty operation of luminaires and accessories.
c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.

Warranty Period: 5-years from date of Substantial Completion.

Part 3. PRODUCTS

3.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Seismic Performance: Luminaires shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.
b. Seismic Performance: Luminaires and lamps shall be labeled vibration and shock resistant.

The term "withstand" means "the luminaire will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the luminaire will be fully operational during and after the seismic event."

3.02 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS
a. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-5
b. NRTL Compliance: Luminaires shall be listed and labeled for indicated class and division of hazard by an NRTL.
c. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1598 and listed for wet location. d. Bulb shape complying with ANSI C79.1.
e. Lamps dimmable from 100 percent to 0 percent ofmaximum light output. f. Internal driver.
g. Lamp Rating: Lamp marked for outdoor use and in enclosed locations. h. Source Limitations: Obtain luminaires from single source from a single manufacturer. i. Source Limitations: For luminaires, obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of luminaire from single source with resources to provide products ofconsistent quality in appearance and physical properties.

3.03 LUMINAIRE-MOUNTED PHOTOELECTRIC RELAYS
a. Comply with UL 773 or UL 773A.
b. Contact Relays: Factory mounted, single throw, designed to fail in the on position, and factory set to turn light unit on at 1.5 to 3 fc and off at 4.5 to 10 fc with 15-second minimum time delay. Relay shall have directional lens in front of photocell to prevent artificial light sources from causing false turnoff.

Relay with locking-type receptacle shall comply with ANSI C136.10.

Adjustable window slide for adjusting on-off set points.

3.04 LUMINAIRE TYPES
a. Area and Site:

Luminaire Shape: Round or Square
Luminaire-Mounting Height: See plans.

Distribution: See plans.

Housings:
a. Extruded-aluminum housing and heat sink.
b. Canopy:

Housings:
a. Extruded-aluminum housing and heat sink.
c. Decorative Post Top:

Luminaire-Mounting Height: See plans.

Distribution: See plans.

Housings:
a. Extruded-aluminum housing and heat sink.
d. Roadway:

Luminaire-Mounting Height: See plans.

Housings:
a. Extruded-aluminum housing and heat sink.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-6

3.05 MATERIALS
a. Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. b. Sheet Metal Components: Corrosion-resistant aluminum, Stainless steel, Epoxy-coated steel. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
c. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free oflight leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit maintenance without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during maintenance and when secured in operating position. Doors shall be removable for cleaning or replacing lenses. d. Lens and Refractor Gaskets: Use heat- and aging-resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lenses and refractors in luminaire doors.
e. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated:

White Surfaces: 85 percent.

Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.

Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
f. Housings:

Rigidly formed, weather- and light-tight enclosure that will not warp, sag, or deform in use.

Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires.
g. Factory-Applied Labels: Comply with UL 1598. Include recommended lamps. Labels shall be located where they will be readily visible to service personnel, but not seen from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place.

Label shall include the following lamp characteristics:
a. "USE ONLY" and include specific lamp type.
b. Lamp diameter, shape, size, wattage and coating.
c. CCT and CRI for all luminaires.

3.06 FINISHES
a. Variations in Finishes: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
b. Luminaire Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested luminaire before shipping. Where indicated, match finish process and color of pole or support materials. c. Factory-Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.

Natural Satin Finish: Provide fine, directional, medium satin polish (AA-M32); buffcomplying with AA-M20 requirements; and seal aluminum surfaces with clear, hard-coat wax.

Class I, Clear-Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611.

Class I, Color-Anodic Finish: AA-M32C22A42/A44 (Mechanical Finish: Medium satin; Chemical Finish: Etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, integrally colored or electrolytically deposited color coating 0.018 mm or thicker), complying with AAMA 611. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-7
d. Factory-Applied Finish for Steel Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1, to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Grind welds and polish surfaces to a smooth, even finish. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPCSP 5/NACE No. 1 or SSPC-SP 8.

Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard finish consisting ofone or more coats ofprimer and two finish coats of high-gloss, high-build polyurethane enamel. a. Color: See plans, or as selected by Architect.

3.07 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
a. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.

Part 4. EXECUTION

4.01 EXAMINATION
a. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. b. Examine roughing-in for luminaire electrical conduit to verify actual locations of conduit connections before luminaire installation. c. Examine walls, roofs, ceilings for suitable conditions where luminaires will be installed. d. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

4.02 TEMPORARY LIGHTING
a. Ifapproved by the Architect, use selected permanent luminaires for temporary lighting. When construction is substantially complete, clean luminaires used for temporary lighting and install new lamps.

4.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
a. Comply with NECA 1.
b. Use fastening methods and materials selected to resist seismic forces defined for the application and approved by manufacturer. c. Fasten luminaire to structural support.
d. Supports:

Sized and rated for luminaire weight.

Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping.

Support luminaires without causing deflection offinished surface.

Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100 percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent ofluminaire weight. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-8
e. Wall-Mounted Luminaire Support:

Attached to structural members in walls or Attached to a minimum 1/8 inch backing plate attached to wall structural members.
f. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways. Conceal raceways and cables. g. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished grade unless otherwise indicated. Install luminaires at height and aiming angle as indicated on Drawings.
h. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction. i. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. Include adjustment of photoelectric device to prevent false operation ofrelay by artificial light sources, favoring a north orientation. j. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" and Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for wiring connections and wiring methods.

4.04 INSTALLATION OF INDIVIDUAL GROUND-MOUNTED LUMINAIRES a. Aim with landscape and civil architects in field.
b. Install on concrete base with at finished grade or surface at luminaire location. Cast conduit into base, and finish by troweling and rubbing smooth. Concrete materials, installation, and finishing are specified in Division 03 Concrete.

4.05 CORROSION PREVENTION
a. Aluminum: Do not use in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact with a dissimilar metal, protect aluminum by insulating fittings or treatment.
b. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems." In concrete foundations, wrap conduit with 0.010-inch thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap.

4.06 IDENTIFICATION
a. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

4.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Inspect each installed luminaire for damage. Replace damaged luminaires and components. b. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative:

Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation.

Verify operation of photoelectric controls.
c. Illumination Tests:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 City of Santa Monica LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 225619-9
Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to NIST standards.

Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. d. Luminaire will be considered defective ifit does not pass tests and inspections. e. Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards.

4.08 DEMONSTRATION
a. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain luminaires and photocell relays.

4.09 ADJUSTING
a. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months ofdate ofSubstantial Completion, provide onsite assistance in adjusting the direction of aim of luminaires to suit occupied conditions. Make up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal hours for this purpose. Some ofthis work may be required during hours of darkness.

During adjustment visits, inspect all luminaires. Replace lamps or luminaires that are defective.

Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.

Adjust the aim of luminaires in the presence of the Architect.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Federally Funded 7th Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation Project SP2577
OLYMPIC BOULEVARD 5TH STREET

SANTA MONICA FWY OFF-RAMP

LEGEND CONSTRUCTION NOTES

SIGN NOTES
Monterey Park, California 91754
1100 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 201
Tel: (323) 260-4703 Fax: (323) 260-4705

GENERAL NOTES

SIGN LEGEND
DETAIL "A"
DETAIL "B"

STREET SWEEPING
12/6/21
12/6/21
DOTS1022
DOTS1022
79 81
Alt Bid Exhibit - Deductive Alternate (1 of 3)
DEDUCT ALT SCOPE:

REMOVE CATCH BASIN REPAIR PER

OLYMPIC BOULEVARD SIGNING AND

STRIPING PLAN, CONSTRUCTION
NOTES 17 AND 17A.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Federally Funded 7th Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation Project SP2577
Monterey Park, California 91754
1100 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 201
Tel: (323) 260-4703 Fax: (323) 260-4705
12/6/21
12/6/21
DOTS1022
DOTS1022
80 81
Alt Bid Exhibit - Deductive Alternate (2 of 3)
DEDUCT ALT SCOPE:

REMOVE CATCH BASIN REPAIR PER

OLYMPIC BOULEVARD SIGNING AND

STRIPING PLAN, CONSTRUCTION
NOTES 17 AND 17A.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Federally Funded 7th Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation Project SP2577
Monterey Park, California 91754
1100 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 201
Tel: (323) 260-4703 Fax: (323) 260-4705
12/6/21
12/6/21
DOTS1022
DOTS1022
81 81
Alt Bid Exhibit - Deductive Alternate (3 of 3)
DEDUCT ALT SCOPE:

REMOVE CATCH BASIN REPAIR PER

OLYMPIC BOULEVARD SIGNING AND

STRIPING PLAN, CONSTRUCTION
NOTES 17 AND 17A.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Federally Funded 7th Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation Project SP2577
54 81
Alt Bid Exhibit - Additive Alternate 1 (1 of 1)
SCOPE OF ADD ALT 1:

ADDITIONAL CUSTOM DECORATIVE
STEEL PANELS PER SHEET L9.09A
SIGNAGE DETAILS.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Federally Funded 7th Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation Project SP2577
Alt Bid Exhibit - Additive Alternate 2 (1 of 1)
SCOPE OF ADD ALT 2:

RELOCATE EMERGENCY SHUT OFF
(ESO) AT 5TH/OLYMPIC FUELING
STATION 5’-0” MINIMUM.

EXISTING ESO:

CONTRACTOR WILL COORDINATE

WITH EFS WEST ON THE ESO
RELOCATION.

THE CONTACT INFORMATION FOR
EFS WEST IS PROVIDED BELOW.

JAY PERSAUD
28472 CONSTELLATION ROAD
VALENCIA, CA 91355
818-235-6263 CELL
661-705-8273 OFFICE
[email protected]
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Federally Funded 7th Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation Project SP2577
1 0KVA
XFMR
PNL G
5 TYP
(E) PNL HC
OPENER #1
(PRIMARY)
OPENER #2
(SECONDARY)
6 2 4
1 1
2 6
3 5 TYP
7 7
8 8

GENERATOR

BUILDING
9 9
1 0
10 10
10 1 1
1 1
1 2

GASOLINE

DISPENSER
CNG

DISPENSER
1 3
14 14
DISCONNECT #1
DISCONNECT #2
16 16
16 1 5
17 17
17 17
17 WALL MOUNT

SUSPENDED/

CONCEAL IN
SOFFIT
TURF
ALL

HAZARDOUS
RATED

TRENCH/
BOTTOM

WALLMOUNT
3 E602
1 7
1 3

PULLBOX

STUB-UP

HAZARDOUS BOUNDARY LINE

DRIVE-WAY

ENTRANCE

DRIVE-WAY
EXIT

OLYMPIC BLVD
5TH STREET
City of
S a n t a M o n i c a
[email protected]
1685 MAIN STREET | MAIL STOP 15
TEL. ( 310 ) 458-2205
SANTA MONICA, CA 90401
FAX. ( 310 ) 399-1541
Architecture Services
7TH STREET FENCING
U
P
G
R
A
D
E
A
N
D

ACTIVATION
100% CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS
Project Issue Date: 03/23/2022
SP2577
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
SP-FILE NO. :

DRAWN BY :

CHECKED BY :
1 - -
DRAWING NO. : #7094
SHEET NUMBER:

SHEET TITLE:

SHEET: OF:
1620 6TH STREET
SANTA MONICA, CA 90401
DATE : 05/25/2022

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
Associate Principal
Jeremy Klemic

OF E RP DERET SI GER

RE E NI GNE L A ON S S I

C A L I FO R N I A

S T A T E O F
SIGNED: 05/23/2022
No. E22361

L A R S H E N D E R S O N

E L E C T R I CA L
EXP. 09/30/2022
E211

POWER PLAN -

FUELING STATION
7 0 10
SCALE: 1" = 10'
Lars Henderson
NOTES
PROVIDE 120/240V, 1 -PHASE PANEL AND STEP-DOWN
TRANSFORMER (NEMA 3R, STAINLESS STEEL, LOCKABLE
COVERS). INCLUDE STRUT SUPPORT TO OFFSET FROM
WALL.

PROVIDE 480V, 1 -PHASE FEEDER TO PANEL VIA
STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER FROM PANEL 'HC' (SEE E501
SINGLE LINE FOR DETAILS).

PROPOSED ROUTING FOR NEW FEEDER; SPAN ALONG
CEILING OF BUS WASH FACILITY. FIELD COORDINATE

WITH FACILITIES MANAGER FOR APPROVED ROUTING,
MEANS AND METHOD, AND HARDWARE PRIOR TO BID.

ACCOUNT 40FT VERTICAL, AND AN ADDITIONAL 200FT
HORIZONTAL. WHERE EXPOSED TO CORROSIVE

CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTS, PROVIDE PVC COATED RGS

RACEWAYS WITH STAINLESS STEEL HANGERS, SUPPORTS,
AND HARDWARE.

ALTERNATE ROUTE FOR FEEDER: SAW CUT TRENCH
EXISTING CONCRETE DRIVEWAY. CUTS SHALL BE
PARALLEL TO EXISTING SEAMS; CONCRETE REPLACED
IN-KIND. REQUIRES APPROVAL BY FACILITIES MANAGER.

PROVIDE HANDHOLES FOR CONDUIT ROUTE. PROVIDE
APPROXIMATELY EVERY 150FT OF LINEAR RUN WITH
RESPECT TO FIELD CONDITIONS; 200FT MAX DISTANCE
BETWEEN. COMPLY TO CEC DIMENSION REQUIREMENTS;
STREET RATED AT ALL DRIVE AREAS. INSTALLATIONS
SHALL BE LEVEL AND FLUSH TO GRADE.

PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR LINEAR

MOTORIZED GATE OPENER SYSTEM (ROTARY GATE
SYSTEMS SL-I SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL). PROVIDE
ACCESSORIES MEETING UL325 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

AND INTERCONNECTION WIRING FOR A COMPLETE
OPERATING SYSTEM. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
- OPENERS (ONE FOR EACH SIDE, 1HP EACH).
- CONTACT SENSORS FOR TRAILING AND LEADING EDGES
OF GATE.
- OPTICAL SENSORS FOR "OPEN", "CLOSE" AND "REVERSE".
- INTEGRATED 5-20R RECEPTACLE
- ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES AND CONTROL WIRING TO
OPERATE GATE.

INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH HAZARDOUS
CONDITIONS PER KEYNOTE #13 THIS SHEET AND

SPECIFICATIONS (MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
CANNOT OVERRIDE THESE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS).

COORDINATE WITH GATE INSTALLER TO INCLUDE
PROGRAMMING AND COMMISSIONING.

PROVIDE DEDICATED GROUND ROD FOR EACH GATE
OPENER (GROUND ROD 3/4" X 10'-0" COPPER CLAD STEEL).

BOND RODS, EQUIPMENT, CIRCUIT EGC (1#10 MINIMUM,
UNSPLICED TO ROD). PROVIDE 3/4" RGS CONDUIT WHERE
EXPOSED. FILE SURFACES RAW AT CONNECTIONS, COAT
WITH RTV SILICON.

PROVIDE FIRE DEPARTMENT APPROVED ACCESS BOX TO
OPEN GATE PER CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE 506 (KNOX BOX,
OR APPROVED EQUAL). PROVIDE CIRCUITING TO GATE
OPENER PER MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS.

COORDINATE AND COMMISSION SYSTEM WITH FACILITIES
AND LOCAL JURISDICTION'S FIRE MARSHAL. INCLUDE 1 "
CONDUIT TO GATE CONTROLLER. MOUNT BOX TO GATE
POST; INCLUDE STRUT MOUNTING WHERE ADDITIONAL
SUPPORT IS NEEDED.

PROVIDE 120V CIRCUIT TO EACH GATE OPENER:
1 "C-2#8,1#8G. CONSOLIDATE TO A SINGLE 1 -1 /4"C
ENROUTE. INCLUDE 1P-30A NON-FUSED DISCONNECT AT

EACH (HEAVY DUTY, LOCKABLE, STRUT SUPPORT -
HBL1 3R22D)

PROVIDE DATA CONNECTION FROM EACH GATE OPENER
BACK TO GENERATOR BUILDING: 1 -1 /2"C EACH.

CONSOLIDATE TO ONE (1 ) 2" CONDUIT WHERE PARALLEL.

ROUTE ALONGSIDE POWER FEEDER RACEWAYS;
MAINTAIN SEPARATION WITH SEPARATE PULLBOXES.

PROVIDE COORDINATION MEETING WITH CLIENT

SECURITY DEPARTMENT AND MANUFACTURER ON

CONTROLS AND DATA CONNECTIONS FOR GATE
OPERATORS.

ALLOW FOR PROVIDING DATA CONNECTION BETWEEN
OPENERS PER CLIENT DIRECTION: 1 " TRENCHED
CONDUIT. PROVIDE SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR WIRING PER
MANUFACTURER - BELDEN 8760.

PROVIDE PULLBOXES MAX DISTANCE OF 200 LINEAR FEET.

FUEL DISPENSING AREA (INDICATED IN CROSS HATCH) -
GASOLINE AND COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS:

POWER AND CONTROL CIRCUITING FROM INDICATED

BOUNDARY LINE TO DRIVEWAY EXIT SHALL BE RATED FOR
HAZARD CLASSIFIED AREAS PER ARTICLE 514 OF CEC;
INCLUDING HARDWARE AND INSTALL METHODS. GATE

MOTOR AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITHIN ZONE
SHALL BE ATLEAST 18IN ABOVE GRADE.
- CONDUITS SHALL BE RIGID STEEL WITH CORROSION
RESISTANT COATING; TAPED WHERE ROUTED
UNDERGROUND.
- CONDUITS SHALL BE INTERNALLY SEALED PER CEC
514.9; INCLUDING AT ALL BOUNDARIES TO HAZARDOUS
AREA.
- INSTALLATION SHALL BE CLASS I, DIVISION II MINIMUM
WITHIN A HORIZONTAL RADIUS OF 20 FEET FROM ALL
DISPENSER ENCLOSURES.
- EXPOSED CIRCUITS PASSING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE
CLASS I, DIVISION I.

PROVIDE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BONDING TO FENCE.

DETAIL 1 , E602.

EXTEND 1 -1 /2"C CONDUIT FROM CONTROLLER TO
PEDESTRIAN GATE FOR ACCESS CONTROL. COORDINATE
PROVISIONS WITH CLIENT SECURITY DEPARTMENT.

INCLUDE SCOPE TO CONNECT 2#14 CONDUCTOR FOR

MAG-LOCK

INVESTIGATE FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SCOPE OF
WORK. TRACE AND PROTECT IN PLACE. OBTAIN COPIES

OF RECORD CIVIL DOCUMENTS FOR REFERENCE FROM
CLIENT. INCLUDE SCOPE TO TRACE AND SUB-SURFACE
SCAN ALONG ROUTE AND SURROUNDING 20FT RADIUS
WHERE ALTERATION IS NEEDED.

PROVIDE SAW-CUT TRENCHING TO CROSS DRIVEWAY.

PATCH AND REFILL IN-KIND. COORDINATE WITH
FACILITIES MANAGEMENT.
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 1 0
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
1 5
1 6
17 12

GENERAL NOTES
1 . SCOPE OF WORK ON THIS SHEET WILL INCLUDE
HAZARDOUS CLASSIFICATION AREAS PER CEC.

Wes McKean
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
Alt Bid Exhibit - Additive Alternate 3 (1 of 1)
SCOPE OF ADD ALT 3:

FURNISH, INSTALL, PROGRAM, AND

COMMISSION ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM AT
5TH/OLYMPIC FUELING STATION.

CONTRACTOR WILL INSTALL A SAWCUT LOOP
SYSTEM AT THE VEHICLE EXIT GATE.

CONTRACTOR WILL COORDINATE WITH
SIEMENS INDUSTRY, INC. ON CARD READER,
CLICKER, AND TRANSPONDER SYSTEMS:
1) VEHICLE ENTRY & EXIT GATES
• TRANSPONDER SYSTEM
(MATCH EXISTING CAMPUS TRANSPONDER

SYSTEM AND HANDS-FREE ACCESS)
• CLICKER SYSTEM
(2 RECEIVERS, 2 ANTENNA, 600
TRANSMITTERS/CLICKERS, 2 RELAY
MODULES, 2 DOOR CONTACTS)
• ROUTE OF TWO (2) 2” CONDUITS TO DATA

JUNCTION BOX NEAR RESTROOM
2) PEDESTRIAN GATE
• CARD READER SYSTEM
(1 CARD READER, 1 DOOR LOOP,
1 DOOR CONTACT)
3) OUTDOOR ENCLOSURE
• 1 WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURE
• 1 PANEL
• 1 REMOTE DOOR SWITCH
• 1 MODULE W/TAMPER SWITCH

THE CONTACT INFORMATION FOR SIEMENS
INDUSTRY, INC. IS PROVIDED BELOW.

HANNAH CANALES
6141 KATELLA AVENUE
CYPRESS, CA 90630
657-413-8648 CELL
[email protected]
Data POC
Pedestrian Gate
Vehicle Exit Gate
Vehicle Entry Gate
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 December 12 23
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 December 12 23
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE

THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.

INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER F :

INSURER E :

INSURER D :

INSURER C :

INSURER B :

INSURER A : NAIC #
NAME: CONTACT
(A/C, No): FAX
E-MAIL ADDRESS:

PRODUCER
(A/C, No, Ext): PHONE

INSURED
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER:

IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.

If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.

OTHER:
(Per accident)
(Ea accident)
$
$
N / A

SUBR WVDADDL
INSD

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS

CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $
$
$
$ PROPERTY DAMAGE
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
BODILY INJURY (Per person) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT

AUTOS ONLY

AUTOS ONLY AUTOS NON-OWNED OWNED SCHEDULED

ANY AUTO

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY

Y / N WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
If yes, describe under

ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
$
$
$ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEEE.L. EACH ACCIDENT EROTH- STATUTE PER
(MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS POLICY EXP(MM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EFFLTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER INSR
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)

EXCESS LIAB
UMBRELLA LIAB EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $
$
OCCUR
CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION $
PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ MED EXP (Any one person) $
EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO- JECT LOC

CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)

CANCELLATION

CERTIFICATE HOLDER
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
HIRED

AUTOS ONLY
2/29/2024
Orr & Associates Insurance Services
28780 Single Oak Dr
Ste 255
Temecula CA 92590
Certificates 800-311-3081 800-474-3003 [email protected] License#: 0E63493 Associated Industries Ins. Co. 23140 RAMCGEN-01 Mercury Insurance Group Ramco General Engineering Contractors Inc
PO Box 920878
Sylmar CA 91392
Richmond National Insurance Co 17103 State Compensation Ins Fund 35076 Ohio Casualty Insurance Co. 24074 801649865 A X 1,000,000 X 100,000 5,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 X
Y Y AES102897410 4/11/2023 4/11/2024
2,000,000
B 1,000,000 X
X X
Y Y BA040000081712 7/13/2023 7/13/2024
C X X
RN70503682 1/30/2024 1/30/2025
1,000,000 1,000,000
D Y 9226904-2024 3/1/2024 3/1/2025
X
1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000
E
E
Equipment Floater
Equipment Floater
BMO67152399
BMO67152399
1/1/2024
1/1/2024
1/1/2025
1/1/2025
Scheduled Equipment
Misc Tools
136,698
5,000
Certificate is subject to policy limits, conditions and exclusions.

The City of Santa Monica, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers, are named as Additional Insured as per attached endorsement form(s).

Re: All Projects
City of Santa Monica
Risk Management-Certificates
1685 Main Street
Santa Monica, CA 90401
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Copyright 2013 Mercury Insurance Services, LLC. All rights reserved.

MCA85101213-CA Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its Permission Page 1 of 6 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

Business Auto Broadening Endorsement
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM
I. NEWLY ACQUIRED OR FORMED ENTITY (BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED) II. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS
III. AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL INSURED
IV. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO LIABILITY
V. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS
VI. FELLOW EMPLOYEE COVERAGE
VII. ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE
VIII. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE
IX. ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT COVERAGE
X. LOAN/LEASE GAP COVERAGE
XI. GLASS REPAIR – DEDUCTIBLE WAIVER
XII. TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES
XIII. AMENDED DUTIES IN EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS XIV. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION
XV. UNINTENTIONAL ERROR, OMISSION, OR FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS XVI. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE
XVII. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY IF REQUIRED BY CONTRACT XVIII. HIRED AUTO – COVERAGE TERRITORY
XIX. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED TO INCLUDE RESULTANT MENTAL ANGUISH DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Policy Number: BA0400000081712 Copyright 2013 Mercury Insurance Services, LLC. All rights reserved.

MCA85101213-CA Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its Permission Page 2 of 6

BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM
I. NEWLY ACQUIRED OR FORMED ENTITY (Broad Form Named Insured) SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured, the following is added:
d. Any business entity newly acquired or formed by you during the policy period provided you own 50% or more of the business entity and the business entity is not separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage is extended up to a maximum of 180 days following acquisition or formation of the business entity.

Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the policy period.

Coverage does not apply to an “accident” which occurred before you acquired or formed the organization.

II. EMPLOYEES AS INSUREDS
SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured, the following is added:
e. Any “employee” of yours is an "insured" while using a covered “auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs.

III. AUTOMATIC ADDITIONAL INSURED
SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured, the following is added:
f. Any person or organization that you are required to include as additional insured on the Coverage Form in a written contract or agreement that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period is an "insured" for Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section II.

IV. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO LIABILITY
SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured, the following is added:
g. An "employee" of yours is an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business.

V. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS
SECTION II – LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 2. Coverage Extensions, a. Supplementary Payments, Subparagraphs (2) and (4) are replaced by the following:
(2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident" we cover. We are not obligated to furnish these bonds.
(4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work.

MCA85101213-CA Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its Permission Page 3 of 6 VI. FELLOW EMPLOYEE COVERAGE:

SECTION II – LIABILITY COVERAGE, B. Exclusions, 5. Fellow Employee This exclusion does not apply if you have workers’ compensation insurance in-force covering all of your “employees”. Coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance.

VII. ADDITIONAL TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE
SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 4. Coverage Extensions, a. Transportation Expenses, is replaced with the following:

We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1000 for temporary transportation expense incurred by you because of the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type. We will pay only for those covered "autos" for which you carry either Comprehensive or Specified Causes of Loss Coverage. We will pay for temporary transportation expenses incurred during the period beginning 48 hours after the theft and ending, regardless of the policy’s expiration, when the covered "auto" is returned to use or we pay for its "loss". If your business shown in the Declarations is other than an auto dealership, we will also pay up to $1,000 for reasonable and necessary costs incurred by you to return a stolen covered auto from the place where it is recovered to its usual garaging location.

VIII. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE
SECTION III – PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 4. Coverage Extensions, the following is added:
c. If hired "autos" are covered "autos" for Liability Coverage in this policy and Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss, or Collision coverages are provided under this coverage form for any "auto" you own, then the Physical Damage Coverages provided are extended to "autos" you hire, subject to the following limit:
(1) The most we will pay for "loss" to any hired "auto" is $50,000 or Actual Cash Value or Cost of Repair, whichever is less
(2) $500 deductible will apply to any loss under this coverage extension, except that no deductible shall apply to “loss” caused by fire or lightning Subject to the above limit and deductible we will provide coverage equal to the broadest coverage applicable to any covered "auto" you own of similar size and type. This coverage extension is excess coverage over any other collectible insurance.

IX. ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT COVERAGE
SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. Exclusions, 3.a., is amended to add the following:

This exclusion does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag.

MCA85101213-CA Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its Permission Page 4 of 6 X. LOAN/LEASE GAP COVERAGE
SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE C. Limit of Insurance, the following is added:

4. In the event of a "total loss" to a covered "auto" shown in the schedule or declarations for which Collision and Comprehensive Coverage apply, we will pay any unpaid amount due on the lease or loan for that covered “auto,” less:
a. The amount paid under the Physical Damage Coverage Section of the policy; and
b. Any:
(1) Overdue lease/loan payments at the time of the “loss”; (2) Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage.
(3) Security deposits not returned by the lessor;
(4) Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease; and (5) Carry-over balances from previous loans or leases.

XI. GLASS REPAIR – DEDUCTIBLE WAIVER
SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, D. Deductible, the following is added:

No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced.

XII. TWO OR MORE DEDUCTIBLES
SECTION III -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, D. Deductible, the following is added:

If two or more "company" policies or coverage forms apply to the same accident:

1. If the applicable Business Auto deductible is the smallest, it will be waived; or

2. If the applicable Business Auto deductible is not the smallest, it will be reduced by the amount of the smallest deductible; or

3. If the loss involves two or more Business Auto coverage forms or policies the smallest deductible will be waived.

For the purpose of this endorsement "company” means the company providing this insurance and any of the affiliated members of the Mercury Insurance Group of companies.

XIII. AMENDED DUTIES IN EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS The requirement in SECTION IV, BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions, 2. Duties In The Event Of Accident, Claim, Suit, Or Loss, a., In the event of "accident", you must notify us of an "accident" applies only when the "accident" is known to:
(1) You, if you are an individual;
(2) A partner, if you are a partnership;
(3) A member, if you are a limited liability company; or (4) An executive officer or insurance manager, if you are a corporation.

MCA85101213-CA Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its Permission Page 5 of 6 XIV. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION
SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions, 5. Transfer of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, section is replaced by the following:

5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us
We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the extent required of you by a written contract executed prior to any "accident" or "loss", provided that the "accident" or "loss" arises out of the operations contemplated by such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract.

XV. UNINTENTIONAL ERROR, OMISSION, OR FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation, or Fraud, the following is added:

Any unintentional omission of or error in information given by you, or unintentional failure to disclose all exposures or hazards existing as of the effective date or at any time during the policy period shall not invalidate or adversely affect the coverage for such exposure or hazard or prejudice your rights under this insurance. However, you must report the undisclosed exposure or hazard to us as soon as reasonably possible after its discovery.

This provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non-renewal.

XVI. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE
SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 5. Other Insurance, b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, is replaced by the following:
b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own:

1. Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and

2. Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in that individual "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business.

However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto".

XVII. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY IF REQUIRED BY CONTRACT SECTION IV – BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 5. Other Insurance, the following is added and supersedes any provision to the contrary:
e. This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that:
(1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that this insurance would be primary and would not seek contribution from any other insurance available to the additional insured.

MCA85101213-CA Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its Permission Page 6 of 6 XVIII. HIRED AUTO - COVERAGE TERRITORY
SECTION IV - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions, 7. Policy Period, Coverage Territory, e. Anywhere in the world if:, is replaced by the following:
e. Anywhere in the world if:
(1) A covered "auto" is leased, hired, rented or borrowed without a driver for a period of 30 days or less; and
(2) The "insured’s" responsibility to pay damages is determined in a "suit" on the merits, in the United States of America, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico, or Canada or in a settlement we agree to.

XIX. BODILY INJURY REDEFINED TO INCLUDE RESULTANT MENTAL ANGUISH SECTION V – DEFINITIONS, C. "Bodily Injury” is amended by adding the following:
"Bodily injury" also includes mental anguish but only when the mental anguish arises from other bodily injury, sickness, or disease.

Policy Number: BA0400000081712 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 AES102897410
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 AES102897410
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 AES102897410
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 AES102897410
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 AES102897410
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

RAMCO GENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACT
PO BOX 920878
SYLMAR, CA 91392

WE HAVE THE RIGHT TO RECOVER OUR PAYMENTS FROM ANYONE LIABLE FOR AN INJURY COVERED BY THIS POLICY. WE WILL NOT ENFORCE OUR RIGHT AGAINST THE PERSON OR ORGANIZATION NAMED IN THE SCHEDULE.

THIS AGREEMENT APPLIES ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT YOU PERFORM WORK UNDER A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT REQUIRES YOU TO OBTAIN THIS AGREEMENT FROM US.

THE ADDITIONAL PREMIUM FOR THIS ENDORSEMENT SHALL BE 2.00% OF THE TOTAL POLICY PREMIUM.

SCHEDULE
EFFECTIVE March 1, 2024 AT 12:01 AM.

AND EXPIRING March 1, 2025 AT 12:01 AM
9226904-24

RENEWAL
Southern
5446627

HOME OFFICE

SAN FRANCISCO

ALL EFFECTIVE DATES
AT 12:01 AM PACIFIC

STANDARD TIME OR THE

TIME INDICATED AT

PACIFIC STANDARD TIME

PERSON OR ORGANIZATION

ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION

FOR WHOM THE NAMED INSURED

HAS AGREED BY WRITTEN

CONTRACT TO FURNISH THIS
WAIVER

JOB DESCRIPTION

BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

NOTHING IN THIS ENDORSEMENT SHALL BE HELD TO VARY, ALTER, WAIVE OR EXTEND ANY OF THE TERMS, CONDITIONS, AGREEMENTS, OR LIMITATIONS OF THIS POLICY OTHER THAN AS ABOVE STATED. NOTHING ELSEWHERE IN THIS POLICY SHALL

BE HELD TO VARY, ALTER, WAIVE OR LIMIT THE TERMS, CONDITIONS, AGREEMENTS OR LIMITATIONS IN THIS ENDORSEMENT COUNTERSIGNED AND ISSUED AT SAN FRANCISCO: February 28, 2023

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
2572
SCIF FORM 10217 (REV. 4 - 2018)

PRESIDENT AND CEO
OLD DP 217

ENDORSEMENT AGREEMENT

WAIVER OF SUBROGATION
BLANKET BASIS Page 1
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Federal Bid Form – September 2021 33 | Page
Attachment G – FTA Federal Special Provisions

THE BUY AMERICAN CERTIFICATION, LOBBYING CERTIFICATION,

BIDDERS LIST AND DBE COMMITMENT FORMS MUST BE COMPLETED & UPLOADED TO THE “VENDOR QUESTIONAIRE” SECTION OF OPENGOV G-1. Appendix A.1 Federally Required and Other Model Contract Clauses G-2. Buy American Certification
G-3. Lobbying Certification
G-4. Race-Neutral DBE Instructions
Bidders List Form
DBE Commitment Form
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 1 ATTACHMENT G-1

FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION

BEST PRACTICES PROCUREMENT MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Appendix A - Governing Documents)
A.1 - Federally Required and Other Model Contract Clauses

1. Fly America Requirements

2. Buy America Requirements

3. Charter Bus and School Bus Requirements

4. Cargo Preference Requirements

5. Seismic Safety Requirements

6. Energy Conservation Requirements

7. Clean Water Requirements

8. Bus Testing

9. Pre-Award and Post Delivery Audit Requirements

10. Lobbying

11. Access to Records and Reports

12. Federal Changes

13. Bonding Requirements

14. Clean Air

15. Recycled Products

16. Davis-Bacon and Copeland Anti-Kickback Acts

17. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act

18. [Reserved]

19. No Government Obligation to Third Parties

20. Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements and Related Acts

21. Termination

22. Government-wide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement)

23. Privacy Act

24. Civil Rights Requirements

25. Breaches and Dispute Resolution

26. Patent and Rights in Data

27. Transit Employee Protective Agreements

28. Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE)

29. [Reserved]

30. Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms

31. Drug and Alcohol Testing
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 2

1. FLY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS
49 U.S.C. § 40118
41 CFR Part 301-10
Applicability to Contracts
The Fly America requirements apply to the transportation of persons or property, by air, between a place in the U.S. and a place outside the U.S., or between places outside the U.S., when the FTA will participate in the costs of such air transportation. Transportation on a foreign air carrier is permissible when provided by a foreign air carrier under a code share agreement when the ticket identifies the U.S. air carrier’s designator code and flight number. Transportation by a foreign air carrier is also permissible if there is a bilateral or multilateral air transportation agreement to which the U.S. Government and a foreign government are parties and which the Federal DOT has determined meets the requirements of the Fly America Act.

Flow Down Requirements
The Fly America requirements flow down from FTA recipients and subrecipients to first tier contractors, who are responsible for ensuring that lower tier contractors and subcontractors are in compliance.

Model Clause/Language
The relevant statutes and regulations do not mandate any specified clause or language. FTA proposes the following language.

Fly America Requirements
The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 40118 (the “Fly America” Act) in accordance with the General Services Administration’s regulations at 41 CFR Part 301-10, which provide that recipients and subrecipients of Federal funds and their contractors are required to use U.S.

Flag air carriers for U.S Government-financed international air travel and transportation of their personal effects or property, to the extent such service is available, unless travel by foreign air carrier is a matter of necessity, as defined by the Fly America Act. The Contractor shall submit, if a foreign air carrier was used, an appropriate certification or memorandum adequately explaining why service by a U.S. flag air carrier was not available or why it was necessary to use a foreign air carrier and shall, in any event, provide a certificate of compliance with the Fly America requirements. The Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this section in all subcontracts that may involve international air transportation.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 3

2. BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS
49 U.S.C. 5323(j)
49 CFR Part 661
Applicability to Contracts
The Buy America requirements apply to the following types of contracts: Construction Contracts and Acquisition of Goods or Rolling Stock (valued at more than $100,000).

Flow Down
The Buy America requirements flow down from FTA recipients and subrecipients to first tier contractors, who are responsible for ensuring that lower tier contractors and subcontractors are in compliance. The $100,000 threshold applies only to the grantee contract, subcontracts under that amount are subject to Buy America.

Mandatory Clause/Language
The Buy America regulation, at 49 CFR 661.13, requires notification of the Buy America requirements in FTA-funded contracts, but does not specify the language to be used. The following language has been developed by FTA.

Buy America - The contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, and microcomputer equipment and software. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11. Rolling stock must be assembled in the United States and have a 60 percent domestic content.

A bidder or offeror must submit to the FTA recipient the appropriate Buy America certification (below) with all bids or offers on FTA-funded contracts, except those subject to a general waiver. Bids or offers that are not accompanied by a completed Buy America certification must be rejected as nonresponsive. This requirement does not apply to lower tier subcontractors.

Certification requirement for procurement of steel, iron, or manufactured products.

Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1)
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) and the applicable regulations in 49 C.F.R. Part 661.5.

Date
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 4 Signature
Company Name
Title
Certificate of Non-Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) and 49 C.F.R. 661.5, but it may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(A), 5323(j)(2)(B), or 5323(j)(2)(D), and 49 C.F.R. 661.7.

Date
Signature
Company Name
Title
Certification requirement for procurement of buses, other rolling stock and associated equipment.

Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C).

The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and the regulations at 49 C.F.R. Part 661.11.

Date
Signature
Company Name
Title
Certificate of Non-Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11, but may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(A), 5323(j)(2)(B), or 5323(j)(2)(D), and 49 CFR 661.7.

Date
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 5 Signature
Company Name
Title

3. CHARTER BUS REQUIREMENTS
49 U.S.C. 5323(d)
49 CFR Part 604
Applicability to Contracts
The Charter Bus requirements apply to the following type of contract: Operational Service Contracts.

Flow Down Requirements
The Charter Bus requirements flow down from FTA recipients and subrecipients to first tier service contractors.

Model Clause/Language
The relevant statutes and regulations do not mandate any specific clause or language. The following clause has been developed by FTA.

Charter Service Operations - The contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(d) and 49 CFR Part 604, which provides that recipients and subrecipients of FTA assistance are prohibited from providing charter service using federally funded equipment or facilities if there is at least one private charter operator willing and able to provide the service, except under one of the exceptions at 49 CFR 604.9. Any charter service provided under one of the exceptions must be "incidental," i.e., it must not interfere with or detract from the provision of mass transportation.

3. SCHOOL BUS REQUIREMENTS
49 U.S.C. 5323(F)
49 CFR Part 605
Applicability to Contracts
The School Bus requirements apply to the following type of contract: Operational Service Contracts.

Flow Down Requirements
The School Bus requirements flow down from FTA recipients and subrecipients to first tier service contractors.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 6 Model Clause/Language
The relevant statutes and regulations do not mandate any specific clause or language. The following clause has been developed by FTA.

School Bus Operations - Pursuant to 69 U.S.C. 5323(f) and 49 CFR Part 605, recipients and subrecipients of FTA assistance may not engage in school bus operations exclusively for the transportation of students and school personnel in competition with private school bus operators unless qualified under specified exemptions. When operating exclusive school bus service under an allowable exemption, recipients and subrecipients may not use federally funded equipment, vehicles, or facilities.

4. CARGO PREFERENCE REQUIREMENTS
46 U.S.C. 1241
46 CFR Part 381
Applicability to Contracts
The Cargo Preference requirements apply to all contracts involving equipment, materials, or commodities which may be transported by ocean vessels.

Flow Down
The Cargo Preference requirements apply to all subcontracts when the subcontract may be involved with the transport of equipment, material, or commodities by ocean vessel.

Model Clause/Language
The MARAD regulations at 46 CFR 381.7 contain suggested contract clauses. The following language is proffered by FTA.

Cargo Preference - Use of United States-Flag Vessels - The contractor agrees: a. to use privately owned United States-Flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to the underlying contract to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-Flag commercial vessels; b. to furnish within 20 working days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on-board" commercial ocean bill-of -lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to the FTA recipient (through the contractor in the case of a subcontractor's bill-of-lading.) c. to include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this contract when the subcontract may involve the transport of equipment, material, or commodities by ocean vessel.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 7

5. SEISMIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
42 U.S.C. 7701 et seq. 49
CFR Part 41
Applicability to Contracts
The Seismic Safety requirements apply only to contracts for the construction of new buildings or additions to existing buildings.

Flow Down
The Seismic Safety requirements flow down from FTA recipients and subrecipients to first tier contractors to assure compliance, with the applicable building standards for Seismic Safety, including the work performed by all subcontractors.

Model Clauses/Language
The regulations do not provide suggested language for third-party contract clauses. The following language has been developed by FTA.

Seismic Safety - The contractor agrees that any new building or addition to an existing building will be designed and constructed in accordance with the standards for Seismic Safety required in Department of Transportation Seismic Safety Regulations 49 CFR Part 41 and will certify to compliance to the extent required by the regulation. The contractor also agrees to ensure that all work performed under this contract including work performed by a subcontractor is in compliance with the standards required by the Seismic Safety Regulations and the certification of compliance issued on the project.

6. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS
42 U.S.C. 6321 et seq.
49 CFR Part 18
Applicability to Contracts
The Energy Conservation requirements are applicable to all contracts.

Flow Down
The Energy Conservation requirements extend to all third party contractors and their contracts at every tier and subrecipients and their subagreements at every tier.

Model Clause/Language
No specific clause is recommended in the regulations because the Energy Conservation requirements are so dependent on the state energy conservation plan. The following language has been developed by FTA:

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 8 Energy Conservation - The contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.

7. CLEAN WATER REQUIREMENTS
33 U.S.C. 1251
Applicability to Contracts
The Clean Water requirements apply to each contract and subcontract which exceeds $100,000.

Flow Down
The Clean Water requirements flow down to FTA recipients and subrecipients at every tier.

Model Clause/Language
While no mandatory clause is contained in the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, the following language developed by FTA contains all the mandatory requirements:

Clean Water - (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Purchaser and understands and agrees that the Purchaser will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

8. BUS TESTING
49 U.S.C. 5323(c)
49 CFR Part 665
Applicability to Contracts
The Bus Testing requirements pertain only to the acquisition of Rolling Stock/Turnkey.

Flow Down
The Bus Testing requirements should not flow down, except to the turnkey contractor as stated in Master Agreement.

Model Clause/Language
Clause and language therein are merely suggested. 49 CFR Part 665 does not contain specific language to be included in third party contracts but does contain requirements applicable to DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 9 subrecipients and third party contractors. Bus Testing Certification and language therein are merely suggested.

Bus Testing - The Contractor [Manufacturer] agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. A 5323(c) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 CFR Part 665 and shall perform the following:
1) A manufacturer of a new bus model or a bus produced with a major change in components or configuration shall provide a copy of the final test report to the recipient at a point in the procurement process specified by the recipient which will be prior to the recipient's final acceptance of the first vehicle.
2) A manufacturer who releases a report under paragraph 1 above shall provide notice to the operator of the testing facility that the report is available to the public. 3) If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle was previously tested, the vehicle being sold should have the identical configuration and major components as the vehicle in the test report, which must be provided to the recipient prior to recipient's final acceptance of the first vehicle.

If the configuration or components are not identical, the manufacturer shall provide a description of the change and the manufacturer's basis for concluding that it is not a major change requiring additional testing.
4) If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle is "grandfathered" (has been used in mass transit service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and is currently being produced without a major change in configuration or components), the manufacturer shall provide the name and address of the recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle's configuration and major components.

CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH FTA'S BUS TESTING REQUIREMENTS The undersigned [Contractor/Manufacturer] certifies that the vehicle offered in this procurement complies with 49 U.S.C. A 5323(c) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 CFR Part 665.

The undersigned understands that misrepresenting the testing status of a vehicle acquired with Federal financial assistance may subject the undersigned to civil penalties as outlined in the Department of Transportation's regulation on Program Fraud Civil Remedies, 49 CFR Part 31.

In addition, the undersigned understands that FTA may suspend or debar a manufacturer under the procedures in 49 CFR Part 29.

Date:

Signature:

Company Name:

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 10 Title:

9. PRE-AWARD AND POST DELIVERY AUDITS REQUIREMENTS
49 U.S.C. 5323
49 CFR Part 663
Applicability to Contracts
These requirements apply only to the acquisition of Rolling Stock/Turnkey.

Flow Down
These requirements should not flow down, except to the turnkey contractor as stated in Master Agreement.

Model Clause/Language
Clause and language therein are merely suggested. 49 C.F.R. Part 663 does not contain specific language to be included in third party contracts but does contain requirements applicable to subrecipients and third party contractors.
- Buy America certification is mandated under FTA regulation, "Pre-Award and Post-Delivery Audits of Rolling Stock Purchases," 49 C.F.R. 663.13.
-- Specific language for the Buy America certification is mandated by FTA regulation, "Buy America Requirements--Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended," 49 C.F.R. 661.12, but has been modified to include FTA's Buy America requirements codified at 49 U.S.C. A 5323(j).

Pre-Award and Post-Delivery Audit Requirements - The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5323(l) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 C.F.R. Part 663 and to submit the following certifications:
(1) Buy America Requirements: The Contractor shall complete and submit a declaration certifying either compliance or noncompliance with Buy America. If the Bidder/Offeror certifies compliance with Buy America, it shall submit documentation which lists 1) component and subcomponent parts of the rolling stock to be purchased identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs; and 2) the location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock, including a description of the activities that will take place at the final assembly point and the cost of final assembly.
(2) Solicitation Specification Requirements: The Contractor shall submit evidence that it will be capable of meeting the bid specifications.
(3) Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS): The Contractor shall submit 1) DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 11 manufacturer's FMVSS self-certification sticker information that the vehicle complies with relevant FMVSS or 2) manufacturer's certified statement that the contracted buses will not be subject to FMVSS regulations.

BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH FTA REQUIREMENTS

FOR BUSES, OTHER ROLLING STOCK, OR ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT (To be submitted with a bid or offer exceeding the small purchase threshold for Federal assistance programs, currently set at $100,000.)
Certificate of Compliance
The bidder hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. Section 5323(j)(2)(C), Section 165(b)(3) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended, and the regulations of 49 C.F.R. 661.11:

Date:

Signature:

Company Name:

Title:

Certificate of Non-Compliance
The bidder hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. Section 5323(j)(2)(C) and Section 165(b)(3) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982, as amended, but may qualify for an exception to the requirements consistent with 49 U.S.C.

Sections 5323(j)(2)(B) or (j)(2)(D), Sections 165(b)(2) or (b)(4) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act, as amended, and regulations in 49 C.F.R. 661.7.

Date:

Signature:

Company Name:

Title:

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 12

10. LOBBYING
31 U.S.C. 1352
49 CFR Part 19
49 CFR Part 20
Applicability to Contracts
The Lobbying requirements apply to Construction/Architectural and Engineering/Acquisition of Rolling Stock/Professional Service Contract/Operational Service Contract/Turnkey contracts.

Flow Down
The Lobbying requirements mandate the maximum flow down, pursuant to Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, 31 U.S.C. § 1352(b)(5) and 49 C.F.R. Part 19, Appendix A, Section 7.

Mandatory Clause/Language
Clause and specific language therein are mandated by 49 CFR Part 19, Appendix A.

Modifications have been made to the Clause pursuant to Section 10 of the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995, P.L. 104-65 [to be codified at 2 U.S.C. § 1601, et seq.] - Lobbying Certification and Disclosure of Lobbying Activities for third party contractors are mandated by 31 U.S.C. 1352(b)(5), as amended by Section 10 of the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995, and DOT implementing regulation, "New Restrictions on Lobbying," at 49 CFR §

20.110(d)
- Language in Lobbying Certification is mandated by 49 CFR Part 19, Appendix A, Section 7, which provides that contractors file the certification required by 49 CFR Part 20, Appendix A.

Modifications have been made to the Lobbying Certification pursuant to Section 10 of the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995.
- Use of "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities," Standard Form-LLL set forth in Appendix B of 49 CFR Part 20, as amended by "Government wide Guidance For New Restrictions on Lobbying," 61 Fed. Reg. 1413 (1/19/96) is mandated by 49 CFR Part 20, Appendix A.

Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, 31 U.S.C. 1352, as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995, P.L. 104-65 [to be codified at 2 U.S.C. § 1601, et seq.] - Contractors who apply or bid for an award of $100,000 or more shall file the certification required by 49 CFR part 20, "New Restrictions on Lobbying." Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier shall also disclose the name of any registrant under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 who has made lobbying DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 13 contacts on its behalf with non-Federal funds with respect to that Federal contract, grant or award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the recipient.

APPENDIX A, 49 CFR PART 20--CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements (To be submitted with each bid or offer exceeding $100,000) The undersigned [Contractor] certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
(2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for making lobbying contacts to an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form--LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions [as amended by "Government wide Guidance for New Restrictions on Lobbying," 61 Fed. Reg. 1413 (1/19/96). Note: Language in paragraph (2) herein has been modified in accordance with Section 10 of the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 (P.L. 104-65, to be codified at 2 U.S.C. 1601, et seq.)] (3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31, U.S.C. § 1352 (as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995). Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
[Note: Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. § 1352(c)(1)-(2)(A), any person who makes a prohibited expenditure or fails to file or amend a required certification or disclosure form shall be subject to DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 14 a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such expenditure or failure.]
The Contractor, , certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of its certification and disclosure, if any. In addition, the Contractor understands and agrees that the provisions of 31 U.S.C. A 3801, et seq., apply to this certification and disclosure, if any.

Signature of Contractor's Authorized Official
Name and Title of Contractor's Authorized Official
Date

11. ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS
49 U.S.C. 5325
18 CFR 18.36 (i)
49 CFR 633.17
Applicability to Contracts
Reference Chart "Requirements for Access to Records and Reports by Type of Contracts" Flow Down
FTA does not require the inclusion of these requirements in subcontracts.

Model Clause/Language
The specified language is not mandated by the statutes or regulations referenced, but the language provided paraphrases the statutory or regulatory language.

Access to Records - The following access to records requirements apply to this Contract:

1. Where the Purchaser is not a State but a local government and is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 C.F.R. 18.36(i), the Contractor agrees to provide the Purchaser, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions. Contractor also agrees, pursuant to 49 C.F.R. 633.17 to provide the FTA Administrator or his authorized representatives including any PMO Contractor access to Contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a major capital project, defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1, which is receiving federal financial assistance through the programs described at 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309 or 5311.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 15

2. Where the Purchaser is a State and is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 C.F.R. 633.17, Contractor agrees to provide the Purchaser, the FTA Administrator or his authorized representatives, including any PMO Contractor, access to the Contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a major capital project, defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1, which is receiving federal financial assistance through the programs described at 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309 or 5311. By definition, a major capital project excludes contracts of less than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $100,000.

3. Where the Purchaser enters into a negotiated contract for other than a small purchase or under the simplified acquisition threshold and is an institution of higher education, a hospital or other non-profit organization and is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 C.F.R. 19.48, Contractor agrees to provide the Purchaser, FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their duly authorized representatives with access to any books, documents, papers and record of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions.

4. Where any Purchaser which is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5325(a) enters into a contract for a capital project or improvement (defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1) through other than competitive bidding, the Contractor shall make available records related to the contract to the Purchaser, the Secretary of Transportation and the Comptroller General or any authorized officer or employee of any of them for the purposes of conducting an audit and inspection.

5. The Contractor agrees to permit any of the foregoing parties to reproduce by any means whatsoever or to copy excerpts and transcriptions as reasonably needed.

6. The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records, accounts and reports required under this contract for a period of not less than three years after the date of termination or expiration of this contract, except in the event of litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of this contract, in which case Contractor agrees to maintain same until the Purchaser, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized representatives, have disposed of all such litigation, appeals, claims or exceptions related thereto. Reference 49 CFR

18.39(i)(11).

7. FTA does not require the inclusion of these requirements in subcontracts.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 16 Requirements for Access to Records and Reports by Types of Contract Contract
Characteristics
Operational
Service
Contract
Turnkey Construction Architectural
Engineering
Acquisition of
Rolling Stock
Professional
Services
I State Grantees
a. Contracts
below SAT
($100,000)
b. Contracts
above
$100,000/Capital
Projects
None
None
unless1 noncompetitive
award
Those imposed
on state pass
thru to
Contractor
None
Yes, if noncompetitive
award or if
funded thru2
5307/5309/53
11 None
None unless
noncompetitive
award
None
None unless
noncompetitive
award
None
None unless
noncompetitive
award
II Non State
Grantees
a. Contracts
below SAT
($100,000)
b. Contracts
above
$100,000/Capital
Projects
Yes3
Yes3
Those imposed
on non-state
Grantee pass
thru to
Contractor
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Sources of Authority:
1 49 USC 5325 (a)
2 49 CFR 633.17
3 18 CFR 18.36 (i)

12. FEDERAL CHANGES
49 CFR Part 18
Applicability to Contracts
The Federal Changes requirement applies to all contracts.

Flow Down
The Federal Changes requirement flows down appropriately to each applicable changed requirement.

Model Clause/Language
No specific language is mandated. The following language has been developed by FTA.

Federal Changes - Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the Master Agreement between Purchaser and FTA, as they may be amended or DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 17 promulgated from time to time during the term of this contract. Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this contract.

13. BONDING REQUIREMENTS
Applicability to Contracts
For those construction or facility improvement contracts or subcontracts exceeding $100,000, FTA may accept the bonding policy and requirements of the recipient, provided that they meet the minimum requirements for construction contracts as follows:
a. A bid guarantee from each bidder equivalent to five (5) percent of the bid price. The "bid guarantees" shall consist of a firm commitment such as a bid bond, certifies check, or other negotiable instrument accompanying a bid as assurance that the bidder will, upon acceptance of his bid, execute such contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. b. A performance bond on the part to the Contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A "performance bond" is one executed in connection with a contract to secure fulfillment of all the contractor's obligations under such contract.
c. A payment bond on the part of the contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A "payment bond" is one executed in connection with a contract to assure payment, as required by law, of all persons supplying labor and material in the execution of the work provided for in the contract. Payment bond amounts required from Contractors are as follows:
(1) 50% of the contract price if the contract price is not more than $1 million; (2) 40% of the contract price if the contract price is more than $1 million but not more than $5 million; or
(3) $2.5 million if the contract price is more than $5 million. d. A cash deposit, certified check or other negotiable instrument may be accepted by a grantee in lieu of performance and payment bonds, provided the grantee has established a procedure to assure that the interest of FTA is adequately protected. An irrevocable letter of credit would also satisfy the requirement for a bond.

Flow Down
Bonding requirements flow down to the first tier contractors.

Model Clauses/Language
FTA does not prescribe specific wording to be included in third party contracts. FTA has prepared sample clauses as follows:

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 18 Bid Bond Requirements (Construction)
(a) Bid Security
A Bid Bond must be issued by a fully qualified surety company acceptable to (Recipient) and listed as a company currently authorized under 31 CFR, Part 223 as possessing a Certificate of Authority as described thereunder.
(b) Rights Reserved
In submitting this Bid, it is understood and agreed by bidder that the right is reserved by (Recipient) to reject any and all bids, or part of any bid, and it is agreed that the Bid may not be withdrawn for a period of [ninety (90)] days subsequent to the opening of bids, without the written consent of (Recipient).

It is also understood and agreed that if the undersigned bidder should withdraw any part or all of his bid within [ninety (90)] days after the bid opening without the written consent of (Recipient), shall refuse or be unable to enter into this Contract, as provided above, or refuse or be unable to furnish adequate and acceptable Performance Bonds and Labor and Material Payments Bonds, as provided above, or refuse or be unable to furnish adequate and acceptable insurance, as provided above, he shall forfeit his bid security to the extent of (Recipient's) damages occasioned by such withdrawal, or refusal, or inability to enter into an agreement, or provide adequate security therefor.

It is further understood and agreed that to the extent the defaulting bidder's Bid Bond, Certified Check, Cashier's Check, Treasurer's Check, and/or Official Bank Check (excluding any income generated thereby which has been retained by (Recipient) as provided in [Item x "Bid Security" of the Instructions to Bidders]) shall prove inadequate to fully recompense (Recipient) for the damages occasioned by default, then the undersigned bidder agrees to indemnify (Recipient) and pay over to (Recipient) the difference between the bid security and (Recipient's) total damages, so as to make (Recipient) whole.

The undersigned understands that any material alteration of any of the above or any of the material contained on this form, other than that requested, will render the bid unresponsive.

Performance and Payment Bonding Requirements (Construction) The Contractor shall be required to obtain performance and payment bonds as follows:
(a) Performance bonds
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 19

1. The penal amount of performance bonds shall be 100 percent of the original contract price, unless the (Recipient) determines that a lesser amount would be adequate for the protection of the (Recipient).

1. The penal amount of the payment bonds shall equal:
(i) Fifty percent of the contract price if the contract price is not more than $1 million. (ii) Forty percent of the contract price if the contract price is more than $1 million but not more than $5 million; or
(iii) Two and one half million if the contract price is more than $5 million.

2. If the original contract price is $5 million or less, the (Recipient) may require additional protection as required by subparagraph 1 if the contract price is increased.

Performance and Payment Bonding Requirements (Non-Construction) The Contractor may be required to obtain performance and payment bonds when necessary to protect the (Recipient's) interest.
(a) The following situations may warrant a performance bond:

1. (Recipient) property or funds are to be provided to the contractor for use in performing the contract or as partial compensation (as in retention of salvaged material).

2. A contractor sells assets to or merges with another concern, and the (Recipient), after recognizing the latter concern as the successor in interest, desires assurance that it is financially capable.

3. Substantial progress payments are made before delivery of end items starts.

4. Contracts are for dismantling, demolition, or removal of improvements. (b) When it is determined that a performance bond is required, the Contractor shall be required to obtain performance bonds as follows:

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 20

2. The (Recipient) may require additional performance bond protection when a contract price is increased. The increase in protection shall generally equal 100 percent of the increase in contract price. The (Recipient) may secure additional protection by directing the Contractor to increase the penal amount of the existing bond or to obtain an additional bond. (c) A payment bond is required only when a performance bond is required, and if the use of payment bond is in the (Recipient's) interest.
(d) When it is determined that a payment bond is required, the Contractor shall be required to obtain payment bonds as follows:

1. The penal amount of payment bonds shall equal:
(i) Fifty percent of the contract price if the contract price is not more than $1 million; (ii) Forty percent of the contract price if the contract price is more than $1 million but not more than $5 million; or
(iii) Two and one half million if the contract price is increased.

Advance Payment Bonding Requirements
The Contractor may be required to obtain an advance payment bond if the contract contains an advance payment provision and a performance bond is not furnished. The (recipient) shall determine the amount of the advance payment bond necessary to protect the (Recipient).

Patent Infringement Bonding Requirements (Patent Indemnity) The Contractor may be required to obtain a patent indemnity bond if a performance bond is not furnished and the financial responsibility of the Contractor is unknown or doubtful. The (recipient) shall determine the amount of the patent indemnity to protect the (Recipient).

Warranty of the Work and Maintenance Bonds

1. The Contractor warrants to (Recipient), the Architect and/or Engineer that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be of highest quality and new unless otherwise specified by (Recipient), free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All work not so conforming to these standards shall be considered defective. If DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 21 required by the [Project Manager], the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.

2. The Work furnished must be of first quality and the workmanship must be the best obtainable in the various trades. The Work must be of safe, substantial and durable construction in all respects. The Contractor hereby guarantees the Work against defective materials or faulty workmanship for a minimum period of one (1) year after Final Payment by (Recipient) and shall replace or repair any defective materials or equipment or faulty workmanship during the period of the guarantee at no cost to (Recipient). As additional security for these guarantees, the Contractor shall, prior to the release of Final Payment [as provided in Item X below], furnish separate Maintenance (or Guarantee) Bonds in form acceptable to (Recipient) written by the same corporate surety that provides the Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond for this Contract. These bonds shall secure the Contractor's obligation to replace or repair defective materials and faulty workmanship for a minimum period of one (1) year after Final Payment and shall be written in an amount equal to ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100%) of the CONTRACT SUM, as adjusted (if at all).

14. CLEAN AIR
42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq
40 CFR 15.61
49 CFR Part 18
Applicability to Contracts
The Clean Air requirements apply to all contracts exceeding $100,000, including indefinite quantities where the amount is expected to exceed $100,000 in any year.

Flow Down
The Clean Air requirements flow down to all subcontracts which exceed $100,000.

Model Clauses/Language
No specific language is required. FTA has proposed the following language.

Clean Air - (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq. The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Purchaser and understands and agrees that the Purchaser will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 22

15. RECYCLED PRODUCTS
42 U.S.C. 6962
40 CFR Part 247
Executive Order 12873
Applicability to Contracts
The Recycled Products requirements apply to all contracts for items designated by the EPA, when the purchaser or contractor procures $10,000 or more of one of these items during the fiscal year, or has procured $10,000 or more of such items in the previous fiscal year, using Federal funds. New requirements for "recovered materials" will become effective May 1, 1996.

These new regulations apply to all procurement actions involving items designated by the EPA, where the procuring agency purchases $10,000 or more of one of these items in a fiscal year, or when the cost of such items purchased during the previous fiscal year was $10,000.

Flow Down
These requirements flow down to all to all contractor and subcontractor tiers.

Model Clause/Language
No specific clause is mandated, but FTA has developed the following language.

Recovered Materials - The contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962), including but not limited to the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 CFR Part 247.

16. DAVIS-BACON AND COPELAND ANTI-KICKBACK ACTS
Background and Application
The Davis-Bacon and Copeland Acts are codified at 40 USC 3141, et seq. and 18 USC 874. The Acts apply to grantee construction contracts and subcontracts that “at least partly are financed by a loan or grant from the Federal Government.” 40 USC 3145(a), 29 CFR 5.2(h), 49 CFR

18.36(i)(5). The Acts apply to any construction contract over $2,000. 40 USC 3142(a), 29 CFR

5.5(a). ‘Construction,’ for purposes of the Acts, includes “actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating.” 29 CFR 5.5(a). The requirements of both Acts are incorporated into a single clause (see 29 CFR 3.11) enumerated at 29 CFR 5.5(a) and reproduced below.

The clause language is drawn directly from 29 CFR 5.5(a) and any deviation from the model clause below should be coordinated with counsel to ensure the Acts’ requirements are satisfied.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 23 Clause Language
Davis-Bacon and Copeland Anti-Kickback Acts
(1) Minimum wages - (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics.

Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph (1)(ii) of this section) and the DavisBacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.
(ii)(A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
(1) Except with respect to helpers as defined as 29 CFR 5.2(n)(4), the work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 24 (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and (4) With respect to helpers as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(n)(4), such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed.
(B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30- day period that additional time is necessary.
(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) (B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
(iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
(iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 25 (v)(A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met:
(1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and
(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination with 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(v) (B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the
classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
(2) Withholding - The [ insert name of grantee ] shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 26 advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, the [ insert name of grantee ] may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
(3) Payrolls and basic records - (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the [ insert name of grantee ] for transmission to the Federal Transit Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5.

This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following:

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 27 (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5 and that such information is correct and complete;
(2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3;
(3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code.
(iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the Federal Transit Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds.

Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (4) Apprentices and trainees - (i) Apprentices - Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S.

Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 28 worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination.

Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(ii) Trainees - Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination.

Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program.

If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 29 predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal employment opportunity - The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30.
(5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements - The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6) Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Transit Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
(7) Contract termination: debarment - A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
(8) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements - All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
(9) Disputes concerning labor standards - Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract.

Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S.

Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. (10) Certification of eligibility - (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 30

17. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT
Background and Application
The Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act is codified at 40 USC 3701, et seq. The Act applies to grantee contracts and subcontracts “financed at least in part by loans or grants from … the [Federal] Government.” 40 USC 3701(b)(1)(B)(iii) and (b)(2), 29 CFR 5.2(h), 49 CFR

18.36(i)(6). Although the original Act required its application in any construction contract over $2,000 or non-construction contract to which the Act applied over $2,500 (and language to that effect is still found in 49 CFR 18.36(i)(6)), the Act no longer applies to any “contract in an amount that is not greater than $100,000.” 40 USC 3701(b)(3) (A)(iii).

The Act applies to construction contracts and, in very limited circumstances, non-construction projects that employ “laborers or mechanics on a public work.” These non-construction applications do not generally apply to transit procurements because transit procurements (to include rail cars and buses) are deemed “commercial items.” 40 USC 3707, 41 USC 403 (12).

A grantee that contemplates entering into a contract to procure a developmental or unique item should consult counsel to determine if the Act applies to that procurement and that additional language required by 29 CFR 5.5(c) must be added to the basic clause below.

The clause language is drawn directly from 29 CFR 5.5(b) and any deviation from the model clause below should be coordinated with counsel to ensure the Act’s requirements are satisfied.

Clause Language
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards
(1) Overtime requirements - No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages - In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 31 (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages - The (write in the name of the grantee) shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2) of this section.
(4) Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this section.

18. [ RESERVED ]

19. NO GOVERNMENT OBLIGATION TO THIRD PARTIES
Applicability to Contracts
Applicable to all contracts.

Flow Down
Not required by statute or regulation for either primary contractors or subcontractors, this concept should flow down to all levels to clarify, to all parties to the contract, that the Federal Government does not have contractual liability to third parties, absent specific written consent.

Model Clause/Language
While no specific language is required, FTA has developed the following language.

No Obligation by the Federal Government.
(1) The Purchaser and Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying contract, absent the express written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not a party to this contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to the Purchaser, Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 32 (2) The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions.

20. PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS

AND RELATED ACTS
31 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.
49 CFR Part 31 18 U.S.C. 1001
49 U.S.C. 5307
Applicability to Contracts
These requirements are applicable to all contracts.

Flow Down
These requirements flow down to contractors and subcontractors who make, present, or submit covered claims and statements.

Model Clause/Language
These requirements have no specified language, so FTA proffers the following language.

Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements or Related Acts. (1) The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as amended, 31 U.S.C. § 3801 et seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, "Program Fraud Civil Remedies," 49 C.F.R. Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this Project. Upon execution of the underlying contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the underlying contract or the FTA assisted project for which this contract work is being performed. In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, the Contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification, the Federal Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate.
(2) The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally awarded by FTA under the authority of 49 U.S.C. § 5307, the Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 U.S.C. § 1001 and 49 U.S.C. § 5307(n)(1) on the Contractor, to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 33 (3) The Contractor agrees to include the above two clauses in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clauses shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the provisions.

21. TERMINATION
49 U.S.C. Part 18
FTA Circular 4220.1E
Applicability to Contracts
All contracts (with the exception of contracts with nonprofit organizations and institutions of higher education,) in excess of $10,000 shall contain suitable provisions for termination by the grantee including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement. (For contracts with nonprofit organizations and institutions of higher education the threshold is $100,000.) In addition, such contracts shall describe conditions under which the contract may be terminated for default as well as conditions where the contract may be terminated because of circumstances beyond the control of the contractor.

Flow Down
The termination requirements flow down to all contracts in excess of $10,000, with the exception of contracts with nonprofit organizations and institutions of higher learning.

Model Clause/Language
FTA does not prescribe the form or content of such clauses. The following are suggestions of clauses to be used in different types of contracts:
a. Termination for Convenience (General Provision) The (Recipient) may terminate this contract, in whole or in part, at any time by written notice to the Contractor when it is in the Government's best interest. The Contractor shall be paid its costs, including contract close-out costs, and profit on work performed up to the time of termination. The Contractor shall promptly submit its termination claim to (Recipient) to be paid the Contractor. If the Contractor has any property in its possession belonging to the (Recipient), the Contractor will account for the same, and dispose of it in the manner the (Recipient) directs. b. Termination for Default [Breach or Cause] (General Provision) If the Contractor does not deliver supplies in accordance with the contract delivery schedule, or, if the contract is for services, the Contractor fails to perform in the manner called for in the contract, or if the Contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of the contract, the (Recipient) may terminate this contract for default. Termination shall be effected by serving a notice of termination on the contractor setting forth the manner in which the Contractor is in default. The contractor will only be paid the contract price for supplies delivered and accepted, or services performed in accordance with the manner of performance set forth in the contract.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 34 If it is later determined by the (Recipient) that the Contractor had an excusable reason for not performing, such as a strike, fire, or flood, events which are not the fault of or are beyond the control of the Contractor, the (Recipient), after setting up a new delivery of performance schedule, may allow the Contractor to continue work, or treat the termination as a termination for convenience.
c. Opportunity to Cure (General Provision) The (Recipient) in its sole discretion may, in the case of a termination for breach or default, allow the Contractor [an appropriately short period of time] in which to cure the defect. In such case, the notice of termination will state the time period in which cure is permitted and other appropriate conditions If Contractor fails to remedy to (Recipient)'s satisfaction the breach or default of any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of this Contract within [ten (10) days] after receipt by Contractor of written notice from (Recipient) setting forth the nature of said breach or default, (Recipient) shall have the right to terminate the Contract without any further obligation to Contractor. Any such termination for default shall not in any way operate to preclude (Recipient) from also pursuing all available remedies against Contractor and its sureties for said breach or default. d. Waiver of Remedies for any Breach In the event that (Recipient) elects to waive its remedies for any breach by Contractor of any covenant, term or condition of this Contract, such waiver by (Recipient) shall not limit (Recipient)'s remedies for any succeeding breach of that or of any other term, covenant, or condition of this Contract. e. Termination for Convenience (Professional or Transit Service Contracts) The (Recipient), by written notice, may terminate this contract, in whole or in part, when it is in the Government's interest. If this contract is terminated, the Recipient shall be liable only for payment under the payment provisions of this contract for services rendered before the effective date of termination.
f. Termination for Default (Supplies and Service) If the Contractor fails to deliver supplies or to perform the services within the time specified in this contract or any extension or if the Contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of this contract, the (Recipient) may terminate this contract for default. The (Recipient) shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature of the default. The Contractor will only be paid the contract price for supplies delivered and accepted, or services performed in accordance with the manner or performance set forth in this contract.

If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor was not in default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued for the convenience of the Recipient.
g. Termination for Default (Transportation Services) If the Contractor fails to pick up the commodities or to perform the services, including delivery services, within the time specified in this contract or any extension or if the Contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 35 this contract, the (Recipient) may terminate this contract for default. The (Recipient) shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature of default. The Contractor will only be paid the contract price for services performed in accordance with the manner of performance set forth in this contract.

If this contract is terminated while the Contractor has possession of Recipient goods, the Contractor shall, upon direction of the (Recipient), protect and preserve the goods until surrendered to the Recipient or its agent. The Contractor and (Recipient) shall agree on payment for the preservation and protection of goods. Failure to agree on an amount will be resolved under the Dispute clause.

If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor was not in default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued for the convenience of the (Recipient). h. Termination for Default (Construction) If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work or any separable part, with the diligence that will insure its completion within the time specified in this contract or any extension or fails to complete the work within this time, or if the Contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of this contract, the (Recipient) may terminate this contract for default. The (Recipient) shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature of the default. In this event, the Recipient may take over the work and compete it by contract or otherwise, and may take possession of and use any materials, appliances, and plant on the work site necessary for completing the work. The Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for any damage to the Recipient resulting from the Contractor's refusal or failure to complete the work within specified time, whether or not the Contractor's right to proceed with the work is terminated. This liability includes any increased costs incurred by the Recipient in completing the work.

The Contractor's right to proceed shall not be terminated nor the Contractor charged with damages under this clause if1. the delay in completing the work arises from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of such causes include: acts of God, acts of the Recipient, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Recipient, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes; and

2. the contractor, within [10] days from the beginning of any delay, notifies the (Recipient) in writing of the causes of delay. If in the judgment of the (Recipient), the delay is excusable, the time for completing the work shall be extended. The judgment of the (Recipient) shall be final and conclusive on the parties, but subject to appeal under the Disputes clauses.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 36 If, after termination of the Contractor's right to proceed, it is determined that the Contractor was not in default, or that the delay was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties will be the same as if the termination had been issued for the convenience of the Recipient. i. Termination for Convenience or Default (Architect and Engineering) The (Recipient) may terminate this contract in whole or in part, for the Recipient's convenience or because of the failure of the Contractor to fulfill the contract obligations. The (Recipient) shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature, extent, and effective date of the termination. Upon receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall (1) immediately discontinue all services affected (unless the notice directs otherwise), and (2) deliver to the Contracting Officer all data, drawings, specifications, reports, estimates, summaries, and other information and materials accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in process.

If the termination is for the convenience of the Recipient, the Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price but shall allow no anticipated profit on unperformed services.

If the termination is for failure of the Contractor to fulfill the contract obligations, the Recipient may complete the work by contact or otherwise and the Contractor shall be liable for any additional cost incurred by the Recipient.

The notice shall state whether the termination is for convenience of the (Recipient) or for the default of the Contractor. If the termination is for default, the notice shall state the manner in which the contractor has failed to perform the requirements of the contract. The Contractor shall account for any property in its possession paid for from funds received from the (Recipient), or property supplied to the Contractor by the (Recipient). If the termination is for default, the (Recipient) may fix the fee, if the contract provides for a fee, to be paid the contractor in proportion to the value, if any, of work performed up to the time of termination. The Contractor shall promptly submit its termination claim to the (Recipient) and the parties shall negotiate the termination settlement to be paid the Contractor.

If the termination is for the convenience of the (Recipient), the Contractor shall be paid its contract close-out costs, and a fee, if the contract provided for payment of a fee, in proportion to the work performed up to the time of termination.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 37 If, after serving a notice of termination for default, the (Recipient) determines that the Contractor has an excusable reason for not performing, such as strike, fire, flood, events which are not the fault of and are beyond the control of the contractor, the (Recipient), after setting up a new work schedule, may allow the Contractor to continue work, or treat the termination as a termination for convenience.

22. GOVERNMENT-WIDE DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (NONPROCUREMENT) Background and Applicability
In conjunction with the Office of Management and Budget and other affected Federal agencies, DOT published an update to 49 CFR Part 29 on November 26, 2003. This government-wide regulation implements Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, Executive Order 12689, Debarment and Suspension, and 31 U.S.C. 6101 note (Section 2455, Public Law 103- 355, 108 Stat. 3327).

The provisions of Part 29 apply to all grantee contracts and subcontracts at any level expected to equal or exceed $25,000 as well as any contract or subcontract (at any level) for Federally required auditing services. 49 CFR 29.220(b). This represents a change from prior practice in that the dollar threshold for application of these rules has been lowered from $100,000 to $25,000. These are contracts and subcontracts referred to in the regulation as “covered transactions.”
Grantees, contractors, and subcontractors (at any level) that enter into covered transactions are required to verify that the entity (as well as its principals and affiliates) they propose to contract or subcontract with is not excluded or disqualified. They do this by (a) Checking the Excluded Parties List System, (b) Collecting a certification from that person, or (c) Adding a clause or condition to the contract or subcontract. This represents a change from prior practice in that certification is still acceptable but is no longer required. 49 CFR 29.300.

Grantees, contractors, and subcontractors who enter into covered transactions also must require the entities they contract with to comply with 49 CFR 29, subpart C and include this requirement in their own subsequent covered transactions (i.e., the requirement flows down to subcontracts at all levels).

Clause Language
The following clause language is suggested, not mandatory. It incorporates the optional method of verifying that contractors are not excluded or disqualified by certification.

Suspension and Debarment
This contract is a covered transaction for purposes of 49 CFR Part 29. As such, the contractor is required to verify that none of the contractor, its principals, as defined at 49 CFR 29.995, or affiliates, as defined at 49 CFR 29.905, are excluded DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 38 or disqualified as defined at 49 CFR 29.940 and 29.945.

The contractor is required to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C and must include the requirement to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into.

By signing and submitting its bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer certifies as follows:

The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact relied upon by the City of Santa Monica. If it is later determined that the bidder or proposer knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to remedies available to the City of Santa Monica, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. The bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 29, Subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer. The bidder or proposer further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions.

23. PRIVACY ACT
5 U.S.C. 552
Applicability to Contracts
When a grantee maintains files on drug and alcohol enforcement activities for FTA, and those files are organized so that information could be retrieved by personal identifier, the Privacy Act requirements apply to all contracts.

Flow Down
The Federal Privacy Act requirements flow down to each third party contractor and their contracts at every tier.

Model Clause/Language
The text of the following clause has not been mandated by statute or specific regulation, but has been developed by FTA.

Contracts Involving Federal Privacy Act Requirements - The following requirements apply to the Contractor and its employees that administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government under any contract:
(1) The Contractor agrees to comply with, and assures the compliance of its employees with, the information restrictions and other applicable requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. § 552a. Among other things, the Contractor agrees to obtain the express consent of the Federal Government before the Contractor or its employees operate a system of records on DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 39 behalf of the Federal Government. The Contractor understands that the requirements of the Privacy Act, including the civil and criminal penalties for violation of that Act, apply to those individuals involved, and that failure to comply with the terms of the Privacy Act may result in termination of the underlying contract.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract to administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

24. CIVIL RIGHTS REQUIREMENTS
29 U.S.C. § 623, 42 U.S.C. § 2000
42 U.S.C. § 6102, 42 U.S.C. § 12112
42 U.S.C. § 12132, 49 U.S.C. § 5332
29 CFR Part 1630, 41 CFR Parts 60 et seq.

Applicability to Contracts
The Civil Rights Requirements apply to all contracts.

Flow Down
The Civil Rights requirements flow down to all third party contractors and their contracts at every tier.

Model Clause/Language
The following clause was predicated on language contained at 49 CFR Part 19, Appendix A, but FTA has shortened the lengthy text.

Civil Rights - The following requirements apply to the underlying contract:
(1) Nondiscrimination - In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, or disability. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other implementing requirements FTA may issue. (2) Equal Employment Opportunity - The following equal employment opportunity requirements apply to the underlying contract:

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 40 (a) Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex - In accordance with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, and Federal transit laws at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements of U.S.

Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) regulations, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor," 41 C.F.R. Parts 60 et seq., (which implement Executive Order No. 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," 42 U.S.C. § 2000e note), and with any applicable Federal statutes, executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may in the future affect construction activities undertaken in the course of the Project. The Contractor agrees to take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, creed, national origin, sex, or age. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. (b) Age - In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § § 623 and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to refrain from discrimination against present and prospective employees for reason of age. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. (c) Disabilities - In accordance with section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the requirements of U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, "Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act," 29 C.F.R. Part 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(3) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA, modified only if necessary to identify the affected parties.

25. BREACHES AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
49 CFR Part 18
FTA Circular 4220.1E
Applicability to Contracts
All contracts in excess of $100,000 shall contain provisions or conditions which will allow for administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as may be appropriate. This may DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 41 include provisions for bonding, penalties for late or inadequate performance, retained earnings, liquidated damages or other appropriate measures.

Flow Down
The Breaches and Dispute Resolutions requirements flow down to all tiers.

Model Clauses/Language
FTA does not prescribe the form or content of such provisions. What provisions are developed will depend on the circumstances and the type of contract. Recipients should consult legal counsel in developing appropriate clauses. The following clauses are examples of provisions from various FTA third party contracts.

Disputes - Disputes arising in the performance of this Contract which are not resolved by agreement of the parties shall be decided in writing by the authorized representative of (Recipient)'s [title of employee]. This decision shall be final and conclusive unless within [ten (10)] days from the date of receipt of its copy, the Contractor mails or otherwise furnishes a written appeal to the [title of employee]. In connection with any such appeal, the Contractor shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and to offer evidence in support of its position. The decision of the [title of employee] shall be binding upon the Contractor and the Contractor shall abide be the decision.

Performance During Dispute - Unless otherwise directed by (Recipient), Contractor shall continue performance under this Contract while matters in dispute are being resolved.

Claims for Damages - Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any act or omission of the party or of any of his employees, agents or others for whose acts he is legally liable, a claim for damages therefor shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable time after the first observance of such injury of damage.

Remedies - Unless this contract provides otherwise, all claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between the (Recipient) and the Contractor arising out of or relating to this agreement or its breach will be decided by arbitration if the parties mutually agree, or in a court of competent jurisdiction within the State in which the (Recipient) is located.

Rights and Remedies - The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No action or failure to act by the (Recipient), (Architect) or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.

DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 42

26. PATENT AND RIGHTS IN DATA
37 CFR Part 401
49 CFR Parts 18 and 19
Applicability to Contracts
Patent and rights in data requirements for federally assisted projects ONLY apply to research projects in which FTA finances the purpose of the grant is to finance the development of a product or information. These patent and data rights requirements do not apply to capital projects or operating projects, even though a small portion of the sales price may cover the cost of product development or writing the user's manual.

Flow Down
The Patent and Rights in Data requirements apply to all contractors and their contracts at every tier.

Model Clause/Language
The FTA patent clause is substantially similar to the text of 49 C.F.R. Part 19, Appendix A, Section 5, but the rights in data clause reflects FTA objectives. For patent rights, FTA is governed by Federal law and regulation. For data rights, the text on copyrights is insufficient to meet FTA's purposes for awarding research grants. This model clause, with larger rights as a standard, is proposed with the understanding that this standard could be modified to FTA's needs.

CONTRACTS INVOLVING EXPERIMENTAL, DEVELOPMENTAL, OR RESEARCH WORK.

A. Rights in Data - This following requirements apply to each contract involving experimental, developmental or research work:
(1) The term "subject data" used in this clause means recorded information, whether or not copyrighted, that is delivered or specified to be delivered under the contract. The term includes graphic or pictorial delineation in media such as drawings or photographs; text in specifications or related performance or design-type documents; machine forms such as punched cards, magnetic tape, or computer memory printouts; and information retained in computer memory.

Examples include, but are not limited to: computer software, engineering drawings and associated lists, specifications, standards, process sheets, manuals, technical reports, catalog item identifications, and related information. The term "subject data" does not include financial reports, cost analyses, and similar information incidental to contract administration. (2) The following restrictions apply to all subject data first produced in the performance of the contract to which this Attachment has been added:
(a) Except for its own internal use, the Purchaser or Contractor may not publish or reproduce subject data in whole or in part, or in any manner or form, nor may the Purchaser or Contractor DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2 Best Practices Procurement Manual – Appendix A.1 Page 43 authorize others to do so, without the written consent of the Federal Government, until such time as the Federal Government may have either released or approved the release of such data to the public; this restriction on publication, however, does not apply to any contract with an academic institution.
(b) In accordance with 49 C.F.R. § 18.34 and 49 C.F.R. § 19.36, the Federal Government reserves a royalty-free, non-exclusive and irrevocable license to reproduce, publish, or otherwise use, and to authorize others to use, for "Federal Government purposes," any subject data or copyright described in subsections (2)(b)1 and (2)(b)2 of this clause below. As used in the previous sentence, "for Federal Government purposes," means use only for the direct purposes of the Federal Government. Without the copyright owner's consent, the Federal Government may not extend its Federal license to any other party.

Santa Monica City CouncilJune 9, 2026

Santa Monica City Council
June 9, 2026